1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
48 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
49 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
51 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
54 \use_default_options false
55 \maintain_unincluded_children false
57 \language_package default
62 \font_typewriter default
63 \font_default_family default
64 \use_non_tex_fonts false
70 \default_output_format default
72 \bibtex_command default
73 \index_command default
77 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
78 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
82 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
83 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
84 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
89 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
90 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
100 \paperorientation portrait
103 \notefontcolor #0000ff
120 \paragraph_separation indent
121 \paragraph_indentation default
122 \quotes_language english
125 \paperpagestyle default
126 \tracking_changes true
127 \output_changes false
131 \author -712698321 "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
133 \author 1414654397 "Richard Heck"
134 \author 1607599024 "Richard Heck" rgheck@comcast.net
148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
150 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
152 \begin_inset CommandInset href
154 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
165 \begin_inset Newline newline
169 \begin_inset Newline newline
173 \begin_inset Note Note
176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
177 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
178 \begin_inset Newline newline
183 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
191 \begin_layout Standard
192 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
193 LatexCommand tableofcontents
200 \begin_layout Chapter
204 \begin_layout Section
208 \begin_layout Standard
209 LyX is a document preparation system.
210 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
211 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
212 It is unlike most other
213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
220 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
222 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
238 pt type, left justified, 5
239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
247 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
251 \begin_layout Standard
252 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
265 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
269 \begin_layout Standard
271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
282 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
283 the format of all of the manuals.
284 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
285 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
302 \begin_layout Section
306 \begin_layout Standard
307 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
309 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
310 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
314 \begin_layout Standard
315 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
316 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
317 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
319 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
320 only a vertical scrollbar.
321 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
322 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
323 This, however, is due
324 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
325 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
326 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
327 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
329 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
330 this doesn't work for equations yet.
333 \begin_layout Standard
334 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
342 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
347 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
348 ing sections of this documentation.
351 \begin_layout Section
355 \begin_layout Standard
356 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
361 of the manuals from inside LyX.
362 Just select the manual you want read from the
369 \begin_layout Section
371 \begin_inset CommandInset label
373 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
380 \begin_layout Standard
381 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
382 without resorting to configuration files.
383 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
384 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
385 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
390 \begin_inset Index idx
393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
400 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
401 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
402 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
406 \begin_inset space \space{}
409 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
410 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
412 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
416 \begin_inset Index idx
419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
420 Reconfiguration of LyX
425 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
428 \begin_layout Section
430 \begin_inset CommandInset label
432 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
439 \begin_layout Standard
440 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
441 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
443 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
444 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
448 \begin_layout Standard
449 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
451 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
452 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
455 \begin_layout Standard
456 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
457 you can view from the menu
459 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
478 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
479 reconfigure LyX (menu
481 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
485 \begin_inset Note Note
488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
489 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
497 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
498 More about TeX Code is described in section
503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
505 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
509 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
516 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
526 \begin_inset Index idx
529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
530 Reconfiguration of LyX
535 See section 5.1 of the
539 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
542 \begin_layout Chapter
546 \begin_layout Section
547 Basic File Operations
548 \begin_inset Index idx
551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
560 \begin_layout Standard
565 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
566 in addition to some more advanced operations:
569 \begin_layout Itemize
581 \begin_layout Itemize
599 \begin_layout Itemize
611 \begin_layout Itemize
617 \begin_layout Itemize
629 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 arg "dialog-show print"
687 \begin_layout Itemize
693 \begin_layout Standard
694 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
695 a few minor differences.
698 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
713 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
714 you for a template to use.
715 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
716 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
717 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
725 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
732 \begin_layout Standard
733 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
765 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
766 space is just that — a big, blank space.
774 \begin_layout Standard
795 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
800 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
825 will reload the document from disk.
826 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
827 and want to restore it to the last save.
836 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
837 can identify them as your changes.
840 \begin_layout Section
841 Basic Editing Features
842 \begin_inset Index idx
845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
854 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
861 \begin_layout Standard
862 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
863 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
864 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
865 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
867 We'll start with cut and paste.
870 \begin_layout Standard
871 As you might expect, the
875 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
876 various other editing features.
877 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
881 \begin_layout Itemize
895 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_layout Itemize
923 \begin_layout Itemize
933 \begin_layout Itemize
943 \begin_layout Itemize
959 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
965 \begin_layout Standard
966 The first three are self-explanatory.
967 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
968 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
977 keys also function as the
982 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
983 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
988 to get back the lost text.
991 \begin_layout Standard
992 \begin_inset Index idx
995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1001 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1005 \begin_inset space ~
1010 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1013 \begin_layout Standard
1016 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1021 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1023 \begin_inset space ~
1027 \begin_inset space ~
1032 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1038 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1042 \begin_inset space ~
1047 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1048 will start a new paragraph.
1051 \begin_layout Standard
1052 \begin_inset Index idx
1055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1062 \begin_inset Index idx
1065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1073 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1075 \begin_inset space ~
1079 \begin_inset space ~
1087 \begin_inset space ~
1091 \begin_inset space ~
1097 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1102 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1105 \begin_inset space ~
1114 \begin_inset space ~
1119 button to skip the current word.
1123 \begin_inset space ~
1128 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1132 \begin_inset space ~
1137 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1139 If the toggle is set, searching for
1140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1151 will not match the word
1152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1166 Match whole words only
1168 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1197 LyX offers also an advanced
1200 \begin_inset space ~
1204 \begin_inset space ~
1209 feature that is described in sec.
1210 \begin_inset space ~
1214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1216 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1223 \begin_layout Standard
1224 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1225 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1227 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1232 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1239 \begin_layout Section
1241 \begin_inset Index idx
1244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1251 \begin_inset Index idx
1254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1261 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1263 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1270 \begin_layout Standard
1271 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1272 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1275 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1278 or the toolbar button
1284 to undo some mistake.
1285 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1287 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1290 or the toolbar button
1297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1304 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1305 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1308 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1311 \begin_layout Standard
1312 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1321 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1322 This is a consequence of the 100
1323 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1326 step undo limit, above.
1329 \begin_layout Standard
1338 work on almost everything in LyX.
1339 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1343 \begin_layout Section
1345 \begin_inset Index idx
1348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1357 \begin_layout Standard
1358 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1361 \begin_layout Enumerate
1366 \begin_layout Itemize
1371 once anywhere in the edit window.
1372 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1376 \begin_layout Enumerate
1381 \begin_layout Itemize
1387 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1390 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1393 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1396 \begin_layout Itemize
1397 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1399 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1406 \begin_layout Enumerate
1407 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1411 \begin_layout Standard
1412 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1413 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1417 \begin_layout Enumerate
1422 \begin_layout Standard
1427 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1432 \begin_layout Section
1434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1436 name "sec:Navigating"
1441 \begin_inset Index idx
1444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1453 \begin_layout Standard
1455 \change_deleted 1414654397 1302960211
1457 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960212
1460 ways to navigate in documents:
1463 \begin_layout Itemize
1468 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1469 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1472 \begin_layout Itemize
1473 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1475 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1478 or by the toolbar button
1481 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1485 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960291
1489 \begin_layout Itemize
1491 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960282
1492 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1494 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1497 and use the same menu to return to them.
1498 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1503 \begin_layout Standard
1505 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961047
1509 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1514 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1515 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1518 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1519 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1520 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1521 your last editing position.
1524 \begin_layout Subsection
1526 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960155
1530 \begin_layout Standard
1532 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960739
1533 was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1541 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1542 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1543 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1544 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1545 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1548 LatexCommand formatted
1549 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1553 ), or notes, or citations (see
1554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1555 LatexCommand formatted
1556 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1561 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1563 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1564 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1565 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1566 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1569 LatexCommand formatted
1570 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1574 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1576 LatexCommand formatted
1577 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1582 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1585 \change_deleted 1414654397 1302960743
1586 window shows you the content of the document's table of contents (TOC)
1587 that is described in section
1588 \begin_inset space ~
1592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1594 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1599 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1600 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1601 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1602 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1603 to the document, see section
1604 \begin_inset space ~
1608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1610 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1616 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961073
1620 \begin_layout Standard
1622 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961268
1623 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1624 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1625 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1626 dialog and to modify the citation.
1627 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1631 \begin_layout Standard
1633 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961348
1634 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1636 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1637 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1645 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1648 \begin_layout Standard
1650 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961396
1651 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1652 you further to control the display.
1659 option sorts the current list
1660 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961441
1662 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1664 \change_deleted 1414654397 1302961448
1666 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961449
1673 option keeps it in the current view state.
1674 Keeping means that when you have e.
1675 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1679 \begin_inset space \space{}
1682 the subsections of section
1683 \begin_inset space ~
1686 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1687 \begin_inset space ~
1690 3, the subsections of section
1691 \begin_inset space ~
1694 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1699 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1700 \begin_inset space ~
1705 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961566
1706 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1716 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1719 \begin_layout Standard
1721 \change_deleted 1414654397 1302960914
1723 \begin_inset space \space{}
1727 \begin_inset Graphics
1728 filename ../images/down.png
1730 groupId toolbarbuttons
1735 \begin_inset space ~
1739 \begin_inset space \space{}
1743 \begin_inset Graphics
1744 filename ../images/up.png
1746 groupId toolbarbuttons
1751 \begin_inset space ~
1754 at the bottom of the outline window you can
1755 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961517
1757 \begin_inset space ~
1761 \begin_inset Graphics
1762 filename /cvs/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/images/reload.png
1767 \begin_inset space ~
1770 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1771 Next to it are buttons that allow you to
1773 change the position of sections in your document.
1775 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960951
1777 \begin_inset space \space{}
1781 \begin_inset Graphics
1782 filename ../images/down.png
1784 groupId toolbarbuttons
1789 \begin_inset space ~
1793 \begin_inset space \space{}
1797 \begin_inset Graphics
1798 filename ../images/up.png
1800 groupId toolbarbuttons
1805 \begin_inset space ~
1808 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1811 So, for example, you can move section
1812 \begin_inset space ~
1816 \begin_inset space ~
1820 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960981
1822 \begin_inset space ~
1828 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1830 \begin_inset Graphics
1831 filename ../images/promote.png
1833 groupId toolbarbuttons
1838 \begin_inset Graphics
1839 filename ../images/demote.png
1841 groupId toolbarbuttons
1846 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302960990
1849 or the corresponding key bindings
1857 ) you can change the level of sections.
1858 So you can for example make section
1859 \begin_inset space ~
1863 \begin_inset space ~
1867 \begin_inset space ~
1873 \begin_layout Standard
1875 \change_deleted 1414654397 1302960144
1879 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1884 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1885 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1888 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1889 This is useful when you have a large document and navigated or scrolled
1890 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1891 your last editing position.
1896 \begin_layout Section
1897 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1899 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1904 \begin_inset Index idx
1907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1914 \begin_inset Index idx
1917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1945 Input / Word Completion
1948 \begin_layout Standard
1949 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1951 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1952 is used to propose completions.
1955 \begin_layout Standard
1956 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1957 there are completions available.
1958 You can then press the
1962 key to use this completion.
1963 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1964 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1965 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1972 \begin_layout Standard
1973 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1975 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1978 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1980 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1983 by deselecting the option
1990 Automatic inline completion
1992 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1993 To accept this proposal, use the
2002 the completions are always shown in a popup.
2003 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
2005 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2011 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
2018 \begin_layout Section
2020 \begin_inset Index idx
2023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2030 \begin_inset Index idx
2033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2062 \begin_inset Index idx
2065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2096 \begin_layout Standard
2097 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
2098 LyX's default is CUA.
2101 \begin_layout Standard
2105 \begin_inset space ~
2113 \begin_inset space ~
2134 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2138 \begin_layout Labeling
2139 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2143 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2144 LatexCommand nomenclature
2146 description "Tabulator key"
2152 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2153 If you don't understand this, go read sections
2154 \begin_inset space ~
2158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2160 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2167 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2171 , especially section
2172 \begin_inset space ~
2176 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2178 reference "sub:Lists"
2184 If you're still confused, look in the
2191 \begin_layout Labeling
2192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2196 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2197 LatexCommand nomenclature
2199 description "Escape key"
2206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2213 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2214 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2217 \begin_layout Labeling
2218 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2224 \begin_inset space ~
2228 \begin_inset space ~
2235 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2236 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2240 \begin_layout Standard
2241 There are three modifier keys:
2244 \begin_layout Labeling
2245 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2263 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2264 LatexCommand nomenclature
2266 description "Control key"
2270 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2271 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2275 \begin_layout Itemize
2284 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2287 \begin_layout Itemize
2296 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2299 \begin_layout Itemize
2308 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2312 \begin_layout Labeling
2313 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2331 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2332 LatexCommand nomenclature
2334 description "Shift key"
2338 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2339 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2342 \begin_layout Labeling
2343 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2361 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2362 LatexCommand nomenclature
2364 description "Alt or Meta key"
2368 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2369 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2370 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2376 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2378 menu accelerator keys
2381 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2382 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2386 \begin_layout Standard
2387 For example, the sequence
2388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2394 \begin_inset space ~
2398 \begin_inset space ~
2404 \begin_inset space ~
2412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2431 \begin_inset space ~
2437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2447 \begin_layout Standard
2452 manual lists all other things bound to the
2460 \begin_layout Standard
2461 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2462 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2463 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2464 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2465 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2466 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2467 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2468 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2484 followed by a capital
2491 \begin_layout Standard
2492 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2494 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2499 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2502 as explained in sec.
2503 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2509 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2516 \begin_layout Chapter
2518 \begin_inset Index idx
2521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2530 \begin_layout Section
2532 \begin_inset Index idx
2535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2544 \begin_layout Subsection
2548 \begin_layout Standard
2549 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2550 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2551 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2552 numbering schemes, and so on.
2553 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2554 and format the title of your document differently.
2557 \begin_layout Standard
2562 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2563 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2564 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2565 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2566 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2569 \begin_layout Standard
2570 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2571 how to adjust their properties.
2574 \begin_layout Subsection
2576 \begin_inset Index idx
2579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2586 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2588 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2595 \begin_layout Standard
2596 You can select a class using the
2598 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2599 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2603 \begin_inset Index idx
2606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2613 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2617 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2621 \begin_layout Standard
2622 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2626 \begin_layout Description
2627 Article for basic articles
2630 \begin_layout Description
2631 Report for basic reports
2634 \begin_layout Description
2635 Book for writing a book
2638 \begin_layout Description
2639 Letter for US-style letters
2642 \begin_layout Standard
2643 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2644 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2645 will include many of these.
2646 Here are some of the classes.
2647 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2649 Special Document Classes
2658 \begin_layout Description
2659 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2662 \begin_layout Description
2663 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2667 \begin_layout Description
2668 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2672 \begin_layout Description
2673 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2674 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2675 There are three article layouts available.
2676 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2677 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2678 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2679 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2684 sequential numbering
2685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2688 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2689 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2690 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2691 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2694 \begin_layout Description
2695 Beamer Layout for presentations
2698 \begin_layout Description
2699 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2700 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2704 \begin_layout Description
2705 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2708 \begin_layout Description
2710 \begin_inset space ~
2713 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2716 \begin_layout Description
2717 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2720 \begin_layout Description
2721 Foils Used to make transparencies
2724 \begin_layout Description
2725 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2726 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2730 \begin_layout Description
2731 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2732 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2735 \begin_layout Description
2736 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2739 \begin_layout Description
2740 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2743 \begin_layout Description
2744 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2745 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2746 (Is used by this document.)
2749 \begin_layout Description
2750 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2753 \begin_layout Description
2754 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2757 \begin_layout Description
2762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2769 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2770 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2772 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2775 \begin_layout Description
2776 Slides Used to make transparencies
2779 \begin_layout Description
2781 \begin_inset space ~
2784 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2785 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2788 \begin_layout Description
2789 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2792 \begin_layout Standard
2793 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2795 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2801 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2802 of the document classes.
2805 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2809 \begin_layout Standard
2811 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953623
2812 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact
2813 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953628
2814 You will probably find
2816 that many of the document classes listed under
2818 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2819 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2821 \begin_inset Index idx
2824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2842 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953653
2843 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will
2844 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953655
2845 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2846 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2850 \begin_inset space ~
2859 receive a warning saying that
2860 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953700
2861 there are files that are required to produce output that are not installed.
2863 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953702
2864 the document requires files that are not installed to produce output.
2868 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953709
2872 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953710
2875 that something is wrong.
2878 \begin_layout Standard
2880 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953717
2882 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953719
2886 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2887 and some of them, like
2891 , are highly specialized.
2893 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953729
2896 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible, and
2897 it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing number.
2898 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2899 by some document class.
2900 There are just too many of them.
2901 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2904 \begin_layout Standard
2905 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2913 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2914 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2915 document class for a new file.
2916 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2921 Installing new LaTeX files
2922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2929 manual for information on how to install them.
2930 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2936 \begin_layout Standard
2937 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2938 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2940 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2941 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2942 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2944 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2947 \begin_inset space ~
2954 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2957 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2966 \begin_inset Index idx
2969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2978 \begin_layout Standard
2979 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2980 chosen document class.
2981 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2982 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2989 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2993 \begin_inset Index idx
2996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3003 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
3007 \begin_layout Standard
3008 Some modules require LaTeX packages
3009 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953807
3010 or file format converters
3012 that are not always installed by default.
3013 LyX will warn you if you do not have
3014 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953817
3016 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953818
3020 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953887
3021 or converter, and it will tell you what exactly you are missing
3024 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
3025 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
3026 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing
3027 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953839
3029 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953843
3033 If you want to be able to produce
3034 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961839
3037 output, then you need to install the missing
3038 \change_deleted 1607599024 1294953855
3040 \change_inserted 1607599024 1294953855
3043 and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
3045 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3049 \begin_inset Index idx
3052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3053 Reconfiguration of LyX
3059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3062 Installing new LaTeX files
3063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3070 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
3073 \begin_layout Standard
3074 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3082 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
3083 LyX will advise you about these things.
3089 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961851
3093 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3095 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961879
3097 \begin_inset Index idx
3100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3102 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302961873
3103 Document ! Local Layout
3113 \begin_layout Standard
3115 \change_inserted 1414654397 1302962459
3116 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
3117 used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
3118 needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
3119 writing a module for this purpose.
3120 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
3121 find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
3123 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
3124 What you want is LyX's
3125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3133 See chapter 5 of the Customization manual for information on how to use
3139 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3143 \begin_layout Standard
3144 Each class has a default set of options.
3145 Here's a quick table describing them:
3148 \begin_layout Standard
3149 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3155 \begin_layout Standard
3157 \begin_inset Tabular
3158 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
3159 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
3160 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3161 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3162 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3163 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3164 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3618 \begin_layout Standard
3619 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3625 \begin_layout Standard
3626 You're probably also wondering what
3627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3631 \begin_inset space ~
3635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3639 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3640 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3645 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3650 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3660 headings, there are also
3668 headings, and so on.
3669 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3670 \begin_inset space ~
3674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3676 reference "sub:Headings"
3683 \begin_layout Subsection
3685 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3687 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3692 \begin_inset Index idx
3695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3704 \begin_inset Index idx
3707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3716 \begin_layout Standard
3717 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3719 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3730 \begin_inset space ~
3735 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3737 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3738 to use for your document.
3739 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3743 \begin_layout Standard
3750 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3756 \begin_inset space ~
3761 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3762 You can choose between the following five options:
3765 \begin_layout Labeling
3766 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3771 Use default page style of current class.
3774 \begin_layout Labeling
3775 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3780 No page numbers or headings.
3783 \begin_layout Labeling
3784 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3792 \begin_layout Labeling
3793 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3798 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3799 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3800 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3803 \begin_layout Labeling
3804 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3809 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3815 \begin_inset Index idx
3818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3819 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3825 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3826 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3828 Check the documentation for the
3832 package for more details,
3833 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3842 \begin_layout Standard
3847 of paragraphs is described in section
3848 \begin_inset space ~
3852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3854 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3861 \begin_layout Subsection
3862 Paper Size and Orientation
3863 \begin_inset Index idx
3866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3867 Document ! Paper size
3873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3875 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3882 \begin_layout Standard
3883 You'll find the following options in the menu
3886 \begin_inset space ~
3891 of the dialog of the
3893 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3899 \begin_inset Index idx
3902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3911 \begin_layout Labeling
3912 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3916 \begin_inset space ~
3921 What size paper to print on.
3925 \begin_layout Itemize
3931 \begin_layout Itemize
3941 \begin_layout Itemize
3947 \begin_layout Itemize
3953 \begin_layout Itemize
3959 \begin_layout Itemize
3965 \begin_layout Itemize
3971 \begin_layout Labeling
3972 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3977 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3988 \begin_layout Labeling
3989 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3993 \begin_inset space ~
3998 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3999 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
4002 \begin_layout Subsection
4004 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4011 \begin_inset Index idx
4014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4021 \begin_inset Index idx
4024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4033 \begin_layout Standard
4034 Paper margins are set in the menu
4036 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4040 \begin_inset Index idx
4043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4052 \begin_layout Standard
4053 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
4054 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
4055 the paper format and the font size into account.
4058 \begin_layout Subsection
4062 \begin_layout Standard
4063 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
4068 That includes the paragraph environments.
4069 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
4070 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
4071 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
4072 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
4073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4081 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
4083 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
4084 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
4085 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
4088 \begin_layout Section
4089 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
4090 \begin_inset Index idx
4093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4094 Paragraph ! Indentation
4102 \begin_layout Subsection
4104 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4106 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
4113 \begin_layout Standard
4114 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
4115 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
4118 \begin_layout Standard
4119 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
4120 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
4121 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
4122 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
4126 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4132 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4133 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
4134 language than English.
4135 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
4138 \begin_layout Standard
4139 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4140 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
4142 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4143 LyX takes care of that.
4144 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4146 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4147 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4148 of a page, and so on.
4152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4153 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4158 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4159 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4163 of these pre-coded spacings.
4164 We'll explain more later.
4167 \begin_layout Subsection
4168 Paragraph Separation
4169 \begin_inset Index idx
4172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4173 Paragraph ! Separation
4181 \begin_layout Standard
4182 To separate paragraphs, select
4193 \begin_inset space ~
4200 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4204 \begin_inset Index idx
4207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4213 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4214 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
4215 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
4218 \begin_layout Standard
4228 \begin_layout Standard
4229 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
4230 \begin_inset space ~
4234 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4236 reference "cap:Units"
4241 The default length is 30
4242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4248 \begin_layout Subsection
4252 \begin_layout Standard
4253 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4256 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4258 \begin_inset space ~
4263 dialog and toggle the
4266 \begin_inset space ~
4271 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4274 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4278 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4279 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4283 \begin_layout Standard
4284 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4285 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4288 \begin_layout Subsection
4290 \begin_inset Index idx
4293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4294 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4302 \begin_layout Standard
4305 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4309 \begin_inset Index idx
4312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4321 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4324 \begin_inset space ~
4333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4334 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4339 \begin_inset Index idx
4342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4343 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4348 installed to use this feature.
4356 \begin_layout Section
4357 Paragraph Environments
4358 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4360 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4365 \begin_inset Index idx
4368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4369 Paragraph ! Environments
4375 \begin_inset Index idx
4378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4379 Paragraph environments|(
4387 \begin_layout Subsection
4391 \begin_layout Standard
4392 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4395 \begin_layout Standard
4414 \begin_inset Newline newline
4417 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4418 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4419 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4428 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4431 \begin_layout Standard
4432 A paragraph environment is simply a
4433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4440 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4441 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4442 scheme, labels, and so on.
4443 Additionally, you can
4444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4451 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4452 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4453 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4454 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4455 days of typewriters.
4456 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4458 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4461 \begin_layout Standard
4462 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4463 \begin_inset Graphics
4464 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4470 at the left end of the toolbar.
4471 LyX will change the environment of the
4475 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4476 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4477 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4481 \begin_layout Standard
4490 create a new paragraph using the
4494 paragraph environment.
4496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4503 because if you are in one of these environments:
4506 \begin_layout Itemize
4512 \begin_layout Itemize
4518 \begin_layout Itemize
4524 \begin_layout Itemize
4530 \begin_layout Itemize
4536 \begin_layout Itemize
4542 \begin_layout Itemize
4548 \begin_layout Standard
4549 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4553 , rather than resetting it to
4558 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4559 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4560 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4561 \begin_inset space ~
4565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4567 reference "sec:Nesting"
4572 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4577 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4578 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4582 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4588 \begin_layout Subsection
4592 \begin_layout Standard
4593 The default paragraph environment is
4598 It creates a plain paragraph.
4599 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4600 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4601 this manual) are in the
4608 \begin_layout Standard
4609 You can nest a paragraph using the
4613 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4621 \begin_layout Subsection
4623 \begin_inset Index idx
4626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4635 \begin_layout Standard
4636 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4645 for thanks or contact information.
4646 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4647 page along with today's date.
4648 For other types of documents, the title
4649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4656 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4660 \begin_layout Standard
4661 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4675 Here's how you use them:
4678 \begin_layout Itemize
4679 Put the title of your document in the
4686 \begin_layout Itemize
4687 Put the author name in the
4694 \begin_layout Itemize
4695 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4696 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4702 Note that using this environment is optional.
4703 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4704 If you don't want any date, add the line
4705 \begin_inset Newline newline
4715 \begin_inset Newline newline
4718 to the preamble of your document (menu
4720 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4726 \begin_layout Standard
4727 You can use footnotes to insert
4728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4735 or contact information.
4738 \begin_layout Subsection
4740 \begin_inset Index idx
4743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4750 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4759 \begin_layout Standard
4760 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4761 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4764 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4766 \begin_inset Index idx
4769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4770 Section headings ! Numbered
4778 \begin_layout Standard
4779 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4783 \begin_layout Enumerate
4789 \begin_layout Enumerate
4795 \begin_layout Enumerate
4801 \begin_layout Enumerate
4807 \begin_layout Enumerate
4813 \begin_layout Enumerate
4819 \begin_layout Enumerate
4825 \begin_layout Standard
4826 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4827 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4828 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4831 \begin_layout Standard
4832 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4833 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4834 You group the book into chapters.
4835 LyX does similar grouping:
4838 \begin_layout Itemize
4843 is divided in either
4854 \begin_layout Itemize
4866 \begin_layout Itemize
4878 \begin_layout Itemize
4890 \begin_layout Itemize
4902 \begin_layout Itemize
4914 \begin_layout Standard
4915 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4923 Not all document types use the
4927 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4932 is the top-level heading.
4940 \begin_layout Standard
4945 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4946 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4948 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4960 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4962 \begin_inset Index idx
4965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4966 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4974 \begin_layout Standard
4975 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4979 \begin_layout Enumerate
4985 \begin_layout Enumerate
4991 \begin_layout Enumerate
4997 \begin_layout Enumerate
5003 \begin_layout Enumerate
5009 \begin_layout Standard
5011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5018 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
5019 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
5020 table of contents, see section
5021 \begin_inset space ~
5025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5034 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5035 Changing the Numbering
5036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5038 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
5045 \begin_layout Standard
5046 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
5047 in the Table of Contents.
5048 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
5050 Certain classes start with
5064 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
5074 This is something you can change.
5077 \begin_layout Standard
5080 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5086 \begin_inset Index idx
5089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5100 \begin_inset space ~
5104 \begin_inset space ~
5109 you'll see two counters.
5114 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
5116 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
5120 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5121 Short Titles of Headings
5122 \begin_inset Index idx
5125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5126 Section headings ! Short titles
5132 \begin_inset Argument
5135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5142 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5144 name "sec:Short-Titles"
5151 \begin_layout Standard
5152 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
5153 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
5154 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
5155 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
5158 \begin_layout Standard
5159 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
5160 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
5161 avoiding the problem mentioned.
5162 To specify a short title, use the menu
5164 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5166 \begin_inset space ~
5172 This will insert a box labeled
5173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5188 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
5189 This also works for captions inside floats.
5192 \begin_layout Standard
5193 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
5196 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5200 \begin_layout Standard
5201 The following information applies to all section headings:
5204 \begin_layout Itemize
5205 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
5208 \begin_layout Itemize
5209 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
5212 \begin_layout Itemize
5213 You can only use inline math in these environments.
5216 \begin_layout Itemize
5217 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5220 \begin_layout Subsection
5221 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
5224 \begin_layout Standard
5225 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5239 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
5240 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5241 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5242 the text they contain.
5243 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5251 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5254 \begin_layout Standard
5255 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5264 when you start a new paragraph.
5265 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5269 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5270 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5271 to change back to the
5275 environment yourself.
5278 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5288 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5295 \begin_inset Index idx
5298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5307 \begin_layout Standard
5308 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5309 time for the differences.
5318 are identical except for one difference:
5322 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5331 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5334 \begin_layout Standard
5335 Here's an example of the
5348 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5350 See – no indentation!
5354 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5355 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5356 the other paragraph.
5359 \begin_layout Standard
5360 Here's another example, this time in the
5367 \begin_layout Quotation
5373 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5374 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5375 the first line, then
5379 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5383 you were quoting other text.
5386 \begin_layout Quotation
5387 Here's a new paragraph.
5388 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5389 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5392 \begin_layout Standard
5393 As the examples show,
5397 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5398 They should put quotes in the
5403 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5407 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5410 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5416 \begin_inset Index idx
5419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5428 \begin_inset Index idx
5431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5438 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5447 \begin_layout Standard
5452 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5458 \begin_inset Newline newline
5461 Which I did not rehearse!
5465 It could be much worse.
5466 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5468 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5469 indented a bit more than the first.
5470 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5476 \begin_inset Newline newline
5479 And make things look fine
5480 \begin_inset Newline newline
5486 arg "newline-insert newline"
5492 \begin_layout Standard
5497 does not indent both margins.
5498 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5499 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5506 arg "newline-insert newline"
5512 \begin_layout Subsection
5514 \begin_inset Index idx
5517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5533 \begin_layout Standard
5534 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5544 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5553 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5554 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5555 some general features of all four of them.
5558 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5562 \begin_layout Standard
5563 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5565 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5574 reset the environment to
5578 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5579 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5580 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5584 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5587 to break paragraphs.
5590 \begin_layout Standard
5591 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5592 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5594 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5595 you read all of section
5596 \begin_inset space ~
5600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5602 reference "sec:Nesting"
5610 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5616 \begin_inset Index idx
5619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5626 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5635 \begin_layout Standard
5636 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5640 paragraph environment.
5641 It has the following properties:
5644 \begin_layout Itemize
5645 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5649 \begin_layout Itemize
5650 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5653 \begin_layout Itemize
5654 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5658 \begin_layout Itemize
5659 The items can have any length.
5660 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5661 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5668 \begin_layout Itemize
5673 environment inside another
5677 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5681 \begin_layout Itemize
5682 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5685 \begin_layout Itemize
5686 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5689 \begin_layout Itemize
5691 \begin_inset space ~
5695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5697 reference "sec:Nesting"
5701 for a full explanation of nesting.
5705 \begin_layout Standard
5706 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5715 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5718 \begin_layout Standard
5719 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5720 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5723 \begin_layout Itemize
5724 The label for the first level
5728 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5732 \begin_layout Itemize
5733 The label for the second level is a dash.
5737 \begin_layout Itemize
5738 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5742 \begin_layout Itemize
5743 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5747 \begin_layout Itemize
5748 Back out to the third level.
5752 \begin_layout Itemize
5753 Back to the second level.
5757 \begin_layout Itemize
5758 Back to the outermost level.
5761 \begin_layout Standard
5762 These are the default labels for an
5767 You can customize these labels in the
5769 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5772 dialog in the submenu
5779 \begin_inset Index idx
5782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5791 \begin_layout Standard
5792 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5793 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5795 \begin_inset space ~
5799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5801 reference "sec:Nesting"
5808 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5814 \begin_inset Index idx
5817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5826 name "sec:Enumerate"
5833 \begin_layout Standard
5838 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5839 It has these properties:
5842 \begin_layout Enumerate
5843 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5847 \begin_layout Enumerate
5848 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5852 \begin_layout Enumerate
5853 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5856 \begin_layout Enumerate
5861 environment resets the counter to one.
5864 \begin_layout Enumerate
5877 \begin_layout Enumerate
5878 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5879 Items can have any length.
5882 \begin_layout Enumerate
5883 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5886 \begin_layout Enumerate
5887 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5890 \begin_layout Enumerate
5891 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5895 \begin_layout Standard
5904 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5905 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5912 \begin_layout Enumerate
5913 The first level of an
5917 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5921 \begin_layout Enumerate
5922 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5926 \begin_layout Enumerate
5927 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5931 \begin_layout Enumerate
5932 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5935 \begin_layout Enumerate
5936 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5941 \begin_layout Enumerate
5942 Back to the third level
5946 \begin_layout Enumerate
5947 Back to the second level.
5951 \begin_layout Enumerate
5952 Back to the outermost level.
5955 \begin_layout Standard
5956 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5961 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5966 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5970 \begin_layout Standard
5971 There is more to nesting
5975 environments than we've stated here.
5976 You should read section
5977 \begin_inset space ~
5981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5983 reference "sec:Nesting"
5987 to learn more about nesting.
5990 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5996 \begin_inset Index idx
5999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6008 \begin_layout Standard
6009 Unlike the previous two environments, the
6013 list has no fixed label.
6014 Instead, LyX uses the first
6015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6022 of the first line as the label.
6026 \begin_layout Description
6027 Example: This is an example of the
6034 \begin_layout Standard
6035 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
6039 \begin_layout Standard
6041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6048 it is meant that the first hit of the
6052 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
6054 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
6062 arg "space-insert protected"
6067 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6068 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6070 \begin_inset space ~
6076 \begin_inset space ~
6080 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6082 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
6086 for more info.) Here is an example:
6089 \begin_layout Description
6091 \begin_inset space ~
6094 Example: This one shows how to use a
6097 \begin_inset space ~
6109 \begin_layout Description
6110 Usage: You should use the
6114 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
6115 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
6117 It's not a good idea to use a
6121 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
6122 You're better off using
6134 paragraphs into them.
6137 \begin_layout Description
6138 Nesting: You can nest
6142 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6146 \begin_layout Standard
6147 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
6148 them from the first line.
6151 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6157 \begin_inset Index idx
6160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6169 \begin_layout Standard
6174 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
6177 \begin_layout Standard
6178 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6186 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
6191 environment is named
6203 \begin_layout Standard
6212 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
6213 There are the following properties of this list environment:
6216 \begin_layout Labeling
6217 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6219 \begin_inset space ~
6222 labels LyX uses the first
6223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6230 of each line as the item label.
6235 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6236 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6237 blank as described above.
6240 \begin_layout Labeling
6241 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6242 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6243 the body of the item text.
6244 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6245 label width plus a little extra space.
6249 \begin_layout Labeling
6250 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6252 \begin_inset space ~
6255 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6257 If the label width is larger, the label
6258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6265 into the first line.
6266 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6267 margin of the rest of the item text.
6270 \begin_layout Labeling
6271 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6273 \begin_inset space ~
6276 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6281 environment have the same left margin.
6282 \begin_inset Newline newline
6285 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6288 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6290 \begin_inset space ~
6299 \begin_inset space ~
6304 determines the default label width.
6305 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6314 multiple times instead.
6315 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6324 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6327 \begin_inset space ~
6332 every time you alter a label in a
6337 \begin_inset Newline newline
6340 The predefined default width is the length of
6341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6350 \begin_inset Newline newline
6354 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6362 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6363 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6371 \begin_layout Standard
6376 environment the same way like the
6380 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6386 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6390 \begin_layout Standard
6395 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6397 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6399 \begin_inset space ~
6403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6405 reference "sec:Nesting"
6409 to learn about nesting.
6412 \begin_layout Standard
6413 There is yet another feature of the
6417 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6419 You can use additional
6423 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6428 are documented in section
6429 \begin_inset space ~
6433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6435 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6440 Here are some examples:
6441 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6447 \begin_layout Labeling
6448 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6449 Left The default for
6456 \begin_layout Labeling
6457 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6458 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6465 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6468 \begin_layout Labeling
6469 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6470 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6474 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6481 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6484 \begin_layout Subsection
6486 \begin_inset Index idx
6489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6498 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6506 \begin_inset space ~
6514 \begin_layout Standard
6515 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6523 \begin_inset space ~
6529 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6530 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6531 In contrast, you can use the
6538 \begin_inset space ~
6543 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6544 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6548 \begin_layout Standard
6549 Of course, you're not limited to using
6556 \begin_inset space ~
6565 \begin_inset space ~
6570 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6571 some European academic papers.
6574 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6576 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6578 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6585 \begin_layout Standard
6590 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6591 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6595 \begin_inset space ~
6600 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6601 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6602 Here's an example of each:
6605 \begin_layout Right Address
6607 \begin_inset Newline newline
6611 \begin_inset Newline newline
6615 \begin_inset Newline newline
6618 When is it? What is today?
6621 \begin_layout Standard
6625 \begin_inset space ~
6631 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6632 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6633 Here's an example of the
6640 \begin_layout Address
6642 \begin_inset Newline newline
6645 Where do I send this
6646 \begin_inset Newline newline
6649 Your post office and country
6652 \begin_layout Standard
6653 As you can see, both
6660 \begin_inset space ~
6665 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6670 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6676 This makes sense, since
6684 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6685 Thus, you have to use
6692 arg "newline-insert newline"
6698 \begin_inset space ~
6701 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6703 \begin_inset space ~
6712 menu) to start a new line in an
6719 \begin_inset space ~
6727 \begin_layout Subsection
6731 \begin_layout Standard
6732 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6733 or list of references.
6734 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6737 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6741 \begin_inset Index idx
6744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6753 \begin_layout Standard
6758 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6759 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6760 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6761 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6765 in anything else or vice versa.
6771 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6772 The book document classes ignores the
6776 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6780 in a letter document class.
6783 \begin_layout Standard
6788 environment does several things for you.
6789 First, it puts the centered label
6790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6798 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6800 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6801 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6802 the subsequent text.
6803 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6804 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6807 \begin_layout Standard
6808 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6812 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6813 The new paragraph will still be in the
6818 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6819 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6822 \begin_layout Standard
6823 \begin_inset Float figure
6828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6830 \begin_inset Graphics
6831 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6839 \begin_inset Caption
6841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6844 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6865 \begin_layout Standard
6866 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6870 environment, but since this document is in the
6871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6878 class, we can't do this.
6879 We inserted it therefore as figure
6880 \begin_inset space ~
6884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6886 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6891 If you've never heard of an
6892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6899 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6902 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6908 \begin_inset Index idx
6911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6918 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6920 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6927 \begin_layout Standard
6932 environment is used to list references.
6933 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6934 only use it at the end of the document.
6939 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6942 \begin_layout Standard
6943 When you first open a
6947 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6963 depending on the document class.
6964 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6965 Each paragraph of the
6969 environment is a bibliography entry.
6974 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6975 Each new paragraph is still in the
6982 \begin_layout Standard
6983 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6984 by using a BibTeX database.
6985 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6986 phy handling, have a look at in section
6987 \begin_inset space ~
6991 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6993 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7000 \begin_layout Subsection
7004 \begin_inset Index idx
7007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7008 Paragraph ! LyX code
7014 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7023 \begin_layout Standard
7028 environment is another LyX extension.
7029 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7034 key as a fixed whitespace;
7038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7050 \begin_inset space ~
7055 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7060 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7061 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7064 arg "newline-insert newline"
7081 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7082 So, when you finish using the
7086 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7087 Also, you can nest the
7091 environment inside of others.
7094 \begin_layout Standard
7095 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7098 \begin_layout Itemize
7102 arg "newline-insert newline"
7105 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7106 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7110 \begin_inset space \space{}
7120 arg "newline-insert newline"
7126 \begin_layout Itemize
7130 arg "newline-insert newline"
7141 \begin_layout Itemize
7146 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7153 \begin_layout Itemize
7157 arg "space-insert protected"
7164 \begin_layout Itemize
7165 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7166 You must put at least one
7170 in any line you want blank.
7171 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7174 \begin_layout Itemize
7175 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7179 since that will insert
7184 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7187 arg "self-insert \""
7193 \begin_layout Standard
7197 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7201 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7205 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7209 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7213 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7214 printf("Hello World!
7219 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7223 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7227 \begin_layout Standard
7228 This is just the standard
7229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7240 \begin_layout Standard
7245 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7246 rc-files, and so on.
7247 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7248 as if you used a typewriter.
7249 \begin_inset Index idx
7252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7253 Paragraph environments|)
7261 \begin_layout Section
7262 Nesting Environments
7263 \begin_inset Index idx
7266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7267 Nesting ! Environments
7273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7282 \begin_layout Subsection
7286 \begin_layout Standard
7287 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7289 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7291 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7293 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7305 \begin_layout Enumerate
7309 \begin_layout Enumerate
7314 \begin_layout Enumerate
7318 \begin_layout Enumerate
7323 \begin_layout Enumerate
7327 \begin_layout Standard
7328 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7329 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7332 \begin_inset space ~
7336 \begin_inset space ~
7344 \begin_inset space ~
7348 \begin_inset space ~
7357 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7358 will tell you how far you are nested).
7359 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7362 arg "depth-increment"
7368 arg "depth-decrement"
7371 or the convenient key bindings
7382 arg "depth-increment"
7388 arg "depth-decrement"
7391 to change the nesting level.
7392 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7393 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7397 \begin_layout Standard
7398 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7399 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7400 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7401 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7404 \begin_layout Standard
7405 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7406 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7408 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7411 \begin_layout Subsection
7412 What You Can and Can't Nest
7415 \begin_layout Standard
7416 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7417 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7420 \begin_layout Standard
7421 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7422 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7423 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7426 \begin_layout Itemize
7427 Completely unnestable
7430 \begin_layout Itemize
7431 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7435 \begin_layout Itemize
7436 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7440 \begin_layout Standard
7441 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7442 environments have them:
7445 \begin_layout Description
7446 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7447 Can't nest into them.
7451 \begin_layout Itemize
7457 \begin_layout Itemize
7463 \begin_layout Itemize
7469 \begin_layout Itemize
7475 \begin_layout Itemize
7482 \begin_layout Description
7484 \begin_inset space ~
7487 Nestable You can nest them.
7488 You can nest other things into them.
7492 \begin_layout Itemize
7498 \begin_layout Itemize
7504 \begin_layout Itemize
7510 \begin_layout Itemize
7516 \begin_layout Itemize
7522 \begin_layout Itemize
7528 \begin_layout Itemize
7534 \begin_layout Itemize
7541 \begin_layout Description
7542 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7543 You can't nest anything into them.
7547 \begin_layout Itemize
7553 \begin_layout Itemize
7559 \begin_layout Itemize
7565 \begin_layout Itemize
7571 \begin_layout Itemize
7577 \begin_layout Itemize
7583 \begin_layout Itemize
7589 \begin_layout Itemize
7595 \begin_layout Itemize
7601 \begin_layout Itemize
7607 \begin_layout Itemize
7613 \begin_layout Itemize
7619 \begin_layout Itemize
7625 \begin_layout Itemize
7629 \begin_inset space ~
7635 \begin_layout Itemize
7642 \begin_layout Standard
7643 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7651 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7660 \begin_inset space ~
7664 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7668 \begin_inset space \space{}
7671 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7672 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7673 section headings violate this.
7681 \begin_layout Subsection
7682 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7683 \begin_inset Index idx
7686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7687 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7695 \begin_layout Standard
7696 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7697 affected by nesting anyhow.
7701 \begin_layout Itemize
7705 \begin_layout Itemize
7709 \begin_layout Itemize
7713 \begin_layout Standard
7715 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7723 Figures and tables in
7727 are not affected by this.
7732 Have a look at section
7733 \begin_inset space ~
7737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7739 reference "sec:Floats"
7743 for more information about
7750 \begin_layout Standard
7751 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7752 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7756 \begin_layout Standard
7757 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7765 of its own, it behaves just like a
7766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7773 paragraph environment.
7774 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7778 \begin_layout Standard
7779 Here's an example with a table:
7782 \begin_layout Enumerate
7787 \begin_layout Enumerate
7788 This is (a) and it's nested.
7792 \begin_layout Standard
7793 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7799 \begin_layout Standard
7801 \begin_inset Tabular
7802 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7803 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7804 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7805 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7889 \begin_layout Standard
7890 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7897 \begin_layout Enumerate
7899 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7903 \begin_layout Enumerate
7907 \begin_layout Standard
7908 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7911 \begin_layout Enumerate
7916 \begin_layout Enumerate
7917 This is (a) and it's nested.
7921 \begin_layout Standard
7922 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7928 \begin_layout Standard
7930 \begin_inset Tabular
7931 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7932 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7933 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7934 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8018 \begin_layout Standard
8019 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8025 \begin_layout Enumerate
8032 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8035 \begin_layout Enumerate
8039 \begin_layout Standard
8040 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8044 \begin_layout Standard
8045 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8047 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8050 \begin_layout Enumerate
8055 \begin_layout Enumerate
8056 This is (a) and it's nested.
8059 \begin_layout Standard
8060 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8066 \begin_layout Standard
8068 \begin_inset Tabular
8069 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8070 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8071 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8072 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8156 \begin_layout Standard
8157 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8163 \begin_layout Enumerate
8165 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8173 \begin_layout Enumerate
8177 \begin_layout Standard
8178 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8184 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8185 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8189 \begin_layout Subsection
8190 Usage and General Features
8193 \begin_layout Standard
8194 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8203 is the innermost possible depth.
8204 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8207 \begin_layout Enumerate
8208 level #1 – outermost
8212 \begin_layout Enumerate
8217 \begin_layout Enumerate
8222 \begin_layout Enumerate
8227 \begin_layout Itemize
8232 \begin_layout Itemize
8241 \begin_layout Standard
8242 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8243 both of them in the example.
8244 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8254 For example, if we tried to nest another
8259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8266 , we would get errors.
8269 \begin_layout Subsection
8271 \begin_inset Index idx
8274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8283 \begin_layout Standard
8284 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8285 We have several examples of nested environments.
8286 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8290 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8291 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8294 \begin_layout Labeling
8295 \labelwidthstring MMM
8296 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8305 \begin_layout Labeling
8306 \labelwidthstring MMM
8307 #2-a This is level #2.
8308 We created it by using
8311 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8317 arg "depth-increment"
8324 \begin_layout Labeling
8325 \labelwidthstring MMM
8326 #3-a This is level #3.
8327 This time, we just hit
8334 arg "depth-increment"
8338 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8342 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8348 arg "depth-increment"
8355 \begin_layout Standard
8360 environment, nested inside of
8361 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8369 So, it's at level #4.
8370 We did this by hitting
8373 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8379 arg "depth-increment"
8382 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8387 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8403 \begin_layout Standard
8408 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8411 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8417 \begin_layout Labeling
8418 \labelwidthstring MMM
8419 #4-a This is level #4.
8423 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8426 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8431 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8435 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8440 keep nesting things inside
8441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8452 \begin_layout Labeling
8453 \labelwidthstring MMM
8454 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8459 \begin_layout Labeling
8460 \labelwidthstring MMM
8461 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8462 and this is level #6.
8463 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8467 \begin_layout Labeling
8468 \labelwidthstring MMM
8469 #5-b Back to level #5.
8473 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8479 arg "depth-decrement"
8486 \begin_layout Labeling
8487 \labelwidthstring MMM
8491 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8497 arg "depth-decrement"
8500 , we're back at level #4.
8504 \begin_layout Labeling
8505 \labelwidthstring MMM
8506 #3-b Back to level #3.
8507 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8511 \begin_layout Labeling
8512 \labelwidthstring MMM
8513 #2-b Back to level #2.
8518 \begin_layout Labeling
8519 \labelwidthstring MMM
8520 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8521 After this sentence, we'll hit
8525 and change the paragraph environment back to
8532 \begin_layout Standard
8533 We could have also used the
8549 environment in place of the
8554 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8557 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8558 Example 2: Inheritance
8561 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8562 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8565 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8574 arg "depth-increment"
8577 , after which, we'll change to the
8585 \begin_layout Enumerate
8590 environment, at level #2.
8593 \begin_layout Enumerate
8594 Notice how the nested
8598 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8602 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8606 \begin_layout Standard
8607 We ended this example by hitting
8612 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8616 and reset the nesting depth by using
8619 arg "depth-decrement"
8625 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8626 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8635 \begin_inset Argument
8638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8639 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8647 \begin_layout Enumerate
8648 This is level #1, in an
8652 paragraph environment.
8653 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8657 \begin_layout Enumerate
8662 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8668 arg "depth-increment"
8672 Now, what happens if we nest an
8676 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8677 label be? An asterisk?
8681 \begin_layout Itemize
8691 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8692 So, its label is a bullet.
8693 (We got here by using
8696 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8702 arg "depth-increment"
8705 , then changing the environment to
8713 \begin_layout Itemize
8714 Here's level #4, produced using
8717 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8723 arg "depth-increment"
8727 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8732 \begin_layout Enumerate
8733 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8735 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8740 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8744 , because we are in the
8753 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8772 \begin_layout Enumerate
8777 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8778 type of numbering does LyX use?
8781 \begin_layout Enumerate
8782 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8785 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8788 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8791 \begin_layout Enumerate
8795 arg "depth-decrement"
8798 to decrease the depth after the next
8801 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8808 \begin_layout Enumerate
8810 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8814 \begin_layout Enumerate
8816 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8817 numeral as the label.Why?
8820 \begin_layout Enumerate
8821 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8830 Notice, however, that LyX
8834 reset the counter for the label.
8838 \begin_layout Enumerate
8842 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8848 arg "depth-decrement"
8851 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8852 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8853 into the twofold-nested
8861 \begin_layout Enumerate
8862 The same thing happens if we do another
8865 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8871 arg "depth-decrement"
8874 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8877 \begin_layout Standard
8878 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8883 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8897 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8903 The same rule applies for the
8907 environment, as well.
8910 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8911 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8914 \begin_layout Enumerate
8915 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8916 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8917 same detail with how we did it.
8926 \begin_layout Standard
8934 arg "depth-increment"
8941 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8942 example in parentheses someplace.
8943 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8944 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8945 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8949 \begin_layout Enumerate
8954 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8959 Now we'll add verse.
8960 \begin_inset Newline newline
8963 It will get much worse.
8964 \begin_inset Newline newline
8974 arg "depth-increment"
8985 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8986 \begin_inset Newline newline
8989 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8990 \begin_inset Newline newline
8996 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9009 \begin_layout Standard
9010 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9016 \begin_layout Standard
9018 \begin_inset Tabular
9019 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9020 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9021 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9022 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9111 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9121 arg "depth-increment"
9127 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9137 arg "depth-decrement"
9144 \begin_layout Enumerate
9149 : level #1) This is another item.
9150 Note that selecting a
9154 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9155 3 times to put the table inside the
9163 \begin_layout Quotation
9164 We're now ending the
9168 list and changing to
9173 We're still at level #1.
9174 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9175 The next set of paragraphs is a
9176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9190 \begin_inset space ~
9195 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9199 for the letter body.
9203 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9206 to preserve the depth.
9207 Remember that you need to use
9210 arg "newline-insert newline"
9213 to create multiple lines inside the
9220 \begin_inset space ~
9230 \begin_layout Right Address
9232 \begin_inset Newline newline
9235 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9236 \begin_inset Newline newline
9242 \begin_layout Address
9244 \begin_inset space ~
9250 \begin_layout Quotation
9251 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9252 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9255 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9256 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9257 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9258 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9259 as soon as possible.
9260 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9263 \begin_layout Quotation
9264 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9265 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9266 with your order, along with payment.
9269 \begin_layout Quotation
9270 We thank you again for your patience.
9273 \begin_layout Address
9275 \begin_inset Newline newline
9282 \begin_layout Quotation
9283 That ends that example!
9286 \begin_layout Standard
9287 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9288 just a few keystrokes.
9289 We could have easily nested an
9310 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9313 \begin_layout Section
9314 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9315 \begin_inset Index idx
9318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9327 \begin_layout Standard
9328 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9329 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9330 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9331 be broken at the end of a line.
9332 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9336 \begin_layout Subsection
9338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9340 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9345 \begin_inset Index idx
9348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9357 \begin_layout Standard
9358 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9360 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
9364 Further documentation is given in section
9365 \begin_inset Newline newline
9369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9371 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9379 \begin_layout Standard
9380 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9395 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9404 A protected space is set with
9406 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9407 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9411 \begin_inset space ~
9421 arg "space-insert protected"
9427 \begin_layout Subsection
9429 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9431 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9436 \begin_inset Index idx
9439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9440 Spacing ! Horizontal
9448 \begin_layout Standard
9449 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9451 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9452 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9456 The length units are listed in Appendix
9457 \begin_inset space ~
9461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9463 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9470 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9472 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9474 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9479 \begin_inset Index idx
9482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9491 \begin_layout Standard
9493 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9497 \begin_inset space \space{}
9500 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9501 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9502 \begin_inset space ~
9506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9508 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9513 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9514 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9517 arg "space-insert normal"
9523 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9527 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9532 \begin_inset Index idx
9535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9544 \begin_layout Standard
9546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9553 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9554 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9562 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9563 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9564 inside abbreviations:
9569 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9573 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9576 \begin_layout Standard
9577 or between values and units.
9578 Compare for example this:
9579 \begin_inset Newline newline
9583 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9587 \begin_inset Newline newline
9593 \begin_layout Standard
9594 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9596 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9597 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9599 \begin_inset space ~
9607 arg "space-insert thin"
9613 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9615 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9617 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9624 \begin_layout Standard
9625 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9628 \begin_layout Description
9630 \begin_inset space ~
9634 \begin_inset space ~
9638 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9642 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9646 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9649 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9652 \begin_layout Description
9654 \begin_inset space ~
9658 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9662 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9666 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9670 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9674 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9677 em) space between the arrows.
9680 \begin_layout Description
9682 \begin_inset space ~
9686 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9690 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9694 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9698 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9702 \begin_inset space ~
9706 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9709 em) space between the arrows.
9712 \begin_layout Description
9714 \begin_inset space ~
9718 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9722 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9726 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9730 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9734 \begin_inset space ~
9738 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9741 em) space between the arrows.
9744 \begin_layout Description
9746 \begin_inset space ~
9750 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9754 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9759 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9763 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9766 cm space between the arrows.
9769 \begin_layout Standard
9771 \begin_inset space ~
9775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9777 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9781 lists the different space sizes.
9784 \begin_layout Standard
9785 \begin_inset Float table
9790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9792 \begin_inset Caption
9794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9795 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9797 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9801 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9811 \begin_inset Tabular
9812 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9813 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9814 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9815 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9855 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9879 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9903 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9927 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9942 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9955 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9970 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9983 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9998 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10032 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10038 \begin_inset Index idx
10041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10050 \begin_layout Standard
10051 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10052 in a uniform fashion.
10053 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10054 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10055 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10056 equally between themselves.
10060 \begin_layout Standard
10061 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10064 \begin_layout Quote
10066 This is on the left side
10067 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10070 This is on the right
10073 \begin_layout Quote
10076 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10080 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10086 \begin_layout Quote
10089 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10093 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10097 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10103 \begin_layout Standard
10104 That was an example in the
10110 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10114 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10118 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10121 is one in a standard paragraph.
10122 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10126 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10129 \begin_layout Standard
10130 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10133 \begin_inset space ~
10138 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10141 \begin_layout Standard
10143 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10147 \begin_inset space ~
10153 \begin_layout Standard
10155 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10159 \begin_inset space ~
10165 \begin_layout Standard
10167 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10171 \begin_inset space ~
10177 \begin_layout Standard
10179 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10183 \begin_inset space ~
10189 \begin_layout Standard
10191 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10195 \begin_inset space ~
10201 \begin_layout Standard
10203 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10207 \begin_inset space ~
10213 \begin_layout Standard
10214 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10222 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10226 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10227 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10228 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10232 option in the space dialog.
10240 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10242 \begin_inset Index idx
10245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10254 \begin_layout Standard
10255 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10257 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10261 \begin_inset space \space{}
10264 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10267 \begin_layout Standard
10268 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10271 What is correct English?:
10272 \begin_inset Newline newline
10276 \begin_inset Newline newline
10280 \begin_inset space ~
10283 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10284 \begin_inset Newline newline
10288 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10299 \begin_inset Newline newline
10303 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10314 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10320 \begin_layout Standard
10321 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10326 \begin_inset space ~
10330 \begin_inset space ~
10334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10338 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10340 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10341 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10345 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10351 \begin_inset space ~
10355 \begin_inset space ~
10359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10362 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10371 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10372 That is why it is named
10373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10381 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10382 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10386 \begin_layout Subsection
10388 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10390 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10395 \begin_inset Index idx
10398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10407 \begin_layout Standard
10408 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10410 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10411 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10413 \begin_inset space ~
10419 There you find the following sizes:
10422 \begin_layout Standard
10435 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10440 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10442 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10446 \begin_inset Index idx
10449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10450 Document ! Settings
10455 for the paragraph separation.
10456 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10467 \begin_layout Standard
10473 \begin_inset Index idx
10476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10482 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10483 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10485 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10486 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10495 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10504 s are described in section
10505 \begin_inset space ~
10509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10511 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10520 If there are several
10524 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10525 You can therefore use
10529 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10532 \begin_layout Standard
10537 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10538 \begin_inset space ~
10542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10544 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10551 \begin_layout Standard
10552 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10562 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10563 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10575 \begin_layout Subsection
10576 Paragraph Alignment
10579 \begin_layout Standard
10580 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10582 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10586 There are five possibilities:
10589 \begin_layout Itemize
10597 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10603 \begin_layout Itemize
10611 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10617 \begin_layout Itemize
10625 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10631 \begin_layout Itemize
10639 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10645 \begin_layout Itemize
10653 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10659 \begin_layout Standard
10660 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10661 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10662 the left and right margins.
10663 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10666 \begin_layout Standard
10668 This paragraph is right aligned,
10671 \begin_layout Standard
10673 this one is centered,
10676 \begin_layout Standard
10678 this one is left aligned.
10681 \begin_layout Subsection
10683 \begin_inset Index idx
10686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10687 Page breaks ! Forced
10693 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10695 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10702 \begin_layout Standard
10703 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10704 can force a page break where you want one.
10705 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10706 Only if you use a lot of
10710 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10713 \begin_layout Standard
10714 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10715 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10719 have to change the page breaking.
10722 \begin_layout Standard
10723 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10725 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10727 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10728 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10730 \begin_inset space ~
10736 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10738 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10739 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10741 \begin_inset space ~
10746 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10748 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10749 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10752 \begin_layout Standard
10753 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10754 at the top of a page.
10755 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10756 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10757 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10758 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10762 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10766 to learn more about
10773 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10775 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10777 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10782 \begin_inset Index idx
10785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10786 Page breaks ! Clear
10794 \begin_layout Standard
10795 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10796 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10797 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10798 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10799 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10802 \begin_layout Standard
10803 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10805 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10806 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10808 \begin_inset space ~
10814 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10816 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10817 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10819 \begin_inset space ~
10823 \begin_inset space ~
10828 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10829 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10832 \begin_layout Subsection
10834 \begin_inset Index idx
10837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10844 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10846 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10853 \begin_layout Standard
10854 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10856 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10858 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10859 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10861 \begin_inset space ~
10865 \begin_inset space ~
10873 arg "newline-insert newline"
10877 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10879 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10880 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10882 \begin_inset space ~
10886 \begin_inset space ~
10891 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10893 This is necessary to avoid
10894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10901 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10904 \begin_layout Standard
10905 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10906 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10907 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10908 set a line break, e.
10909 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10913 \begin_inset space \space{}
10916 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10917 \begin_inset space ~
10921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10923 reference "sec:Quote"
10928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10930 reference "sec:Verse"
10935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10937 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10944 \begin_layout Subsection
10946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10948 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10953 \begin_inset Index idx
10956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10965 \begin_layout Standard
10967 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10978 \begin_layout Standard
10981 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10982 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10984 \begin_inset space ~
10989 you can insert horizontal lines.
10990 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10991 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10994 \begin_layout Standard
10996 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11007 \begin_layout Standard
11011 \begin_layout Section
11012 Characters and Symbols
11015 \begin_layout Standard
11016 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11017 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11018 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11022 \begin_inset space \space{}
11025 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11027 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11033 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11037 for information on how this is done.
11040 \begin_layout Standard
11041 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11046 dialog via the menu
11048 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11049 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11055 \begin_layout Standard
11056 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11064 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11065 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11066 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11074 \begin_layout Section
11075 Fonts and Text Styles
11076 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11078 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11085 \begin_layout Subsection
11087 \begin_inset Index idx
11090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11099 \begin_layout Standard
11100 There are two types of fonts:
11103 \begin_layout Description
11105 \begin_inset space ~
11109 \begin_inset Index idx
11112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11118 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11119 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11123 characters) in the font.
11124 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11125 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11126 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11127 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11128 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11129 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11130 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11131 \begin_inset Newline newline
11134 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11135 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11136 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11137 sizes than at small ones.
11138 \begin_inset Newline newline
11152 \begin_inset space ~
11160 \begin_layout Description
11162 \begin_inset space ~
11166 \begin_inset Index idx
11169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11175 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11176 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11177 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11178 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11179 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11180 picture manipulation program.
11181 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11182 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11183 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11184 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11185 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11187 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11188 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11189 \begin_inset Newline newline
11192 Bitmap fonts are named
11195 \begin_inset space ~
11200 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11203 \begin_layout Standard
11204 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11205 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11206 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11207 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11208 use scalable fonts.
11211 \begin_layout Standard
11212 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11213 its document properties.
11216 \begin_layout Standard
11217 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11218 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11219 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11220 font to emphasize text, you use an
11221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11229 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11230 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11234 \begin_layout Subsection
11236 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11238 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11245 \begin_layout Standard
11246 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11247 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11248 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11250 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11251 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11252 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11253 to usual word processors.
11254 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11255 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11256 across different machines.
11257 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11258 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11260 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11262 \begin_inset space ~
11266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11268 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11273 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11274 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11278 \begin_layout Standard
11279 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11280 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11281 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11282 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11283 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11284 that is installed on your system.
11285 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11288 \begin_layout Standard
11289 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11297 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11298 es; so you might have to experiment.
11306 \begin_layout Standard
11307 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11315 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11316 as traditional LaTeX or PDFLaTeX.
11324 \begin_layout Subsection
11325 Document Font and Font size
11326 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11328 name "sub:Document-Font"
11333 \begin_inset Index idx
11336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11343 \begin_inset Index idx
11346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11355 \begin_layout Standard
11356 You can set the document fonts in the
11358 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11362 \begin_inset Index idx
11365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11366 Document ! Settings
11376 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11377 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11380 \begin_inset space ~
11389 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11390 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11394 \begin_layout Standard
11401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11410 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11411 This requires that you use
11417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11456 as output format, i.
11457 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11461 \begin_inset space ~
11464 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11465 \begin_inset space ~
11469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11471 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11476 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
11478 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
11480 \begin_inset space ~
11483 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
11484 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
11485 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
11487 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
11490 \begin_layout Standard
11491 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
11496 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
11501 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
11502 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
11503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11524 European Computer Modern
11527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11534 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
11537 \begin_layout Standard
11546 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11547 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11552 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11555 \begin_inset space ~
11560 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11566 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11567 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
11570 \begin_layout Itemize
11579 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
11593 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
11597 as the default font.
11598 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
11599 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
11611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11612 One difference is improved kerning for the
11624 \begin_layout Itemize
11633 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
11637 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
11652 Virtual means that it
11653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11664 -glyphs from other fonts.
11665 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11687 Loading the LaTeX-package
11692 \begin_inset Index idx
11695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11696 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11701 with the document preamble line
11702 \begin_inset Newline newline
11709 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11710 \begin_inset Newline newline
11715 will fix the guillemet problem.
11720 and that accented characters are not
11724 glyph, but build of
11728 characters, the accent and the letter.
11729 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
11735 If you search for example for the French word
11736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11743 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11752 and not for the glyph
11753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11757 \begin_inset space ~
11761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11767 \begin_layout Itemize
11768 If you do not like the look of
11776 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
11777 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11781 \begin_inset space ~
11795 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
11796 \begin_inset space ~
11799 serif and typewriter fonts
11803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11804 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
11805 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11816 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
11817 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11829 , different shapes of the same font, i.
11830 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11843 , but you can also select your own.
11844 \begin_inset Newline newline
11847 The differences between roman,
11850 \begin_inset space ~
11859 fonts are explained in section
11860 \begin_inset space ~
11864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11866 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11871 \begin_inset Newline newline
11878 was originally designed for newspapers.
11879 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11880 into the small newspaper columns.
11885 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11886 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11889 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
11902 Some classes provide additional sizes.
11907 depends on the class you are using.
11908 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
11911 \begin_layout Standard
11912 Note that the font size is the
11917 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11918 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11919 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11922 \begin_inset space ~
11928 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11929 \begin_inset space ~
11933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11935 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11942 \begin_layout Standard
11947 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
11949 \begin_inset space ~
11952 serif or typewriter.
11957 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
11967 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
11970 \begin_layout Standard
11979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11988 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
11994 \begin_inset space ~
11998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12000 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12005 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12006 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12013 \begin_layout Standard
12014 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12016 Use Old Style Figures
12020 Use True Small Caps
12023 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12026 Use Old Style Figures
12028 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
12030 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12034 \begin_inset space ~
12037 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
12040 Use True Small Caps
12042 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12043 of scaled capitals.
12044 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12045 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12048 \begin_layout Standard
12053 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12054 a font to display the script characters.
12058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12059 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12064 So this has no effect for the document language
12080 \begin_layout Standard
12081 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12085 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12093 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12097 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12098 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12099 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12101 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12104 dialog, see section
12105 \begin_inset space ~
12109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12111 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12123 \begin_layout Subsection
12124 Using Different Character Styles
12125 \begin_inset Index idx
12128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12135 \begin_inset Index idx
12138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12147 \begin_layout Standard
12148 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12149 certain paragraph environments.
12150 LyX supports two character styles,
12159 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12163 \begin_layout Standard
12168 style, do one of the following:
12171 \begin_layout Itemize
12172 click on the toolbar button
12181 \begin_layout Itemize
12182 use the key binding
12191 \begin_layout Standard
12192 These commands are all toggles.
12197 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12200 \begin_layout Standard
12201 One typically uses the
12205 style for proper names.
12207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12214 is the original author of LyX.
12215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12221 \begin_layout Standard
12222 A more widely used character style is the
12227 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12234 \begin_layout Itemize
12235 clicking on the toolbar button
12244 \begin_layout Itemize
12245 using the keybindings
12254 \begin_layout Standard
12259 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12260 es use a different font.
12263 \begin_layout Standard
12264 We've been using the
12268 style all over the place in this document.
12269 Here's one more example:
12272 \begin_layout Quotation
12275 Don't overuse character styles!
12278 \begin_layout Standard
12279 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12280 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12281 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12282 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12286 \begin_layout Standard
12287 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12295 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12297 \begin_inset space ~
12305 \begin_layout Subsection
12306 Fine-Tuning with the
12311 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12313 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12318 \begin_inset Index idx
12321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12330 \begin_layout Standard
12331 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12332 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12333 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12334 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12335 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12336 from ordinary dialog.
12339 \begin_layout Standard
12340 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12341 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12342 \begin_inset Newline newline
12345 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12346 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12349 \begin_layout Standard
12350 To use custom character styles, open the
12352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12354 \begin_inset space ~
12358 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821857
12359 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
12360 Customized\SpecialChar \ldots{}
12364 \change_deleted 5863208 1302821862
12368 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12369 font property which you can choose.
12370 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12373 \begin_inset space ~
12378 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12383 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12384 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12385 environments in a snap.
12388 \begin_layout Standard
12389 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12392 \begin_inset space ~
12404 \begin_layout Labeling
12405 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12419 The possible options are:
12423 \begin_layout Labeling
12424 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12429 This is the Roman font family.
12430 Normally a serif font.
12431 It's also the default family.
12441 \begin_layout Labeling
12442 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12446 \begin_inset space ~
12453 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12465 \begin_layout Labeling
12466 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12473 This is the Typewriter font family.
12479 arg "font-typewriter"
12488 \begin_layout Labeling
12489 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12494 This corresponds to the print weight.
12499 \begin_layout Labeling
12500 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12505 This is the Medium font series.
12506 It's also the default series.
12509 \begin_layout Labeling
12510 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12517 This is the Bold font series.
12530 \begin_layout Labeling
12531 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12536 As the name implies.
12541 \begin_layout Labeling
12542 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12547 This is the Upright font shape.
12548 It's also the default shape.
12551 \begin_layout Labeling
12552 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12566 s the Italic font shape
12572 \begin_layout Labeling
12573 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12580 This is the Slanted font shape
12582 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
12585 \begin_layout Labeling
12586 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12590 \begin_inset space ~
12597 This is the Small caps font shape
12604 \begin_layout Labeling
12605 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12610 Alters the size of the font.
12611 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12612 nal to the document font size.
12613 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12614 what you want to do.
12619 \begin_layout Labeling
12620 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12641 arg "font-size tiny"
12647 \begin_layout Labeling
12648 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12669 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12675 \begin_layout Labeling
12676 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12697 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12703 \begin_layout Labeling
12704 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12725 arg "font-size small"
12731 \begin_layout Labeling
12732 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12746 It's also the default size.
12750 arg "font-size normal"
12756 \begin_layout Labeling
12757 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12778 arg "font-size large"
12784 \begin_layout Labeling
12785 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12806 arg "font-size larger"
12812 \begin_layout Labeling
12813 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12834 arg "font-size largest"
12840 \begin_layout Labeling
12841 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12862 arg "font-size huge"
12868 \begin_layout Labeling
12869 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12890 arg "font-size giant"
12894 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821897
12898 \begin_layout Labeling
12899 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12901 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821911
12906 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
12907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12926 arg "font-size increase"
12932 \begin_layout Labeling
12933 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12935 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821911
12940 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
12941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12960 arg "font-size decrease"
12969 \begin_layout Standard
12974 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12975 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12976 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12977 — use that instead.
12978 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12981 \begin_layout Labeling
12982 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12987 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12992 \begin_layout Labeling
12993 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13000 This is text with emphasize on
13003 This might seem like the same as
13007 , but it is actually a bit different.
13013 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13015 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13018 \begin_layout Labeling
13019 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13026 This is text with Underbar on.
13032 arg "font-underline"
13038 \begin_inset Newline newline
13043 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
13044 when you couldn't change fonts.
13045 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13046 It's only included in LyX because some people
13050 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13051 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821962
13055 \begin_layout Labeling
13056 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13058 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821963
13062 \begin_inset space ~
13069 This is text with Double underbar on.
13075 arg "font-underunderline"
13079 \begin_inset Newline newline
13082 If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13083 about double underbar.
13086 \begin_layout Labeling
13087 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13089 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821963
13093 \begin_inset space ~
13100 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13106 arg "font-underwave"
13110 \begin_inset Newline newline
13113 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13114 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13117 \begin_layout Labeling
13118 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13120 \change_inserted 5863208 1302821963
13127 This is text with Strikeout on.
13133 arg "font-strikeout"
13136 ) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
13142 \begin_layout Labeling
13143 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13150 This is text with Noun on.
13157 , this is a logical attribute.
13158 Normally it's equivalent to
13161 \begin_inset space ~
13170 \begin_layout Labeling
13171 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13176 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13177 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13181 \begin_inset space ~
13186 , which is the default
13187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13194 and means normally black, you can choose between
13227 \begin_inset Index idx
13230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13239 \begin_layout Labeling
13240 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13245 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13246 the language of the document.
13247 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13251 \begin_layout Standard
13252 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13253 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13255 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13257 \begin_inset space ~
13262 dialog, the settings are saved.
13263 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13266 arg "textstyle-apply"
13270 The button lets you
13271 \change_deleted 5863208 1302822001
13273 \change_inserted 5863208 1302822005
13275 \change_deleted 5863208 1302822014
13278 your custom character style even when the dialog isn't visible.
13282 \begin_layout Standard
13283 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13290 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13291 (suppose you just set the shape to
13292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13310 \begin_inset space ~
13322 \begin_layout Standard
13323 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13331 \begin_inset space ~
13343 \begin_layout Itemize
13349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13356 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13369 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13374 \begin_inset Newline newline
13378 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13392 \begin_inset Note Note
13395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13396 For more on phantoms see section
13397 \begin_inset space ~
13401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13403 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13413 \begin_inset Newline newline
13419 \begin_layout Itemize
13424 fonts use characters with serifs.
13425 These are the small
13426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13433 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13434 The following example will show the difference:
13435 \begin_inset Newline newline
13439 \begin_inset Newline newline
13444 text without serifs
13447 \begin_inset Newline newline
13450 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13451 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13458 \begin_layout Itemize
13464 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
13465 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
13466 \change_inserted 5863208 1302822046
13470 \begin_layout Standard
13472 \change_inserted 5863208 1302822061
13473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13480 refers to applying or removing font properties.
13481 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
13482 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
13484 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
13485 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
13486 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
13488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13503 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
13504 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
13505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13512 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
13514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13521 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
13524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13556 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
13558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13565 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
13571 \begin_layout Standard
13572 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
13573 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
13576 \begin_layout Section
13577 Printing and Previewing
13580 \begin_layout Subsection
13584 \begin_layout Standard
13585 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
13586 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
13587 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
13588 goes on behind-the-scenes.
13589 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
13591 Additional Features
13596 \begin_layout Standard
13597 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
13598 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
13599 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
13600 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
13601 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
13602 This happens in two stages:
13605 \begin_layout Enumerate
13606 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
13607 generating a file with the extension,
13608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13622 \begin_layout Enumerate
13623 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
13627 file to produce printable output.
13631 \begin_layout Subsection
13632 Output file formats
13633 \begin_inset Index idx
13636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13643 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13645 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
13652 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13653 Simple text (ASCII)
13654 \begin_inset Index idx
13657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13658 File formats ! ASCII
13666 \begin_layout Standard
13667 This file type has the extension
13668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13680 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
13681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13684 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
13685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13691 \begin_layout Standard
13692 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13694 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13695 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13697 \begin_inset space ~
13704 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13705 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13707 \begin_inset space ~
13711 \begin_inset space ~
13717 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
13721 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13723 \begin_inset Index idx
13726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13727 File formats ! LaTeX
13735 \begin_layout Standard
13736 This file type has the extension
13737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13748 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
13750 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
13751 it manually with console commands.
13752 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
13753 you view or export your document.
13756 \begin_layout Standard
13757 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
13759 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13760 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13777 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13779 \begin_inset Index idx
13782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13791 \begin_layout Standard
13792 This file type has the extension
13793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13813 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13814 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13815 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
13819 \begin_layout Standard
13820 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
13821 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13822 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13823 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
13825 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13828 \begin_layout Standard
13829 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13831 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13832 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13837 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13838 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13840 \begin_inset space ~
13847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13857 The latter option uses the program
13866 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13867 font access (see section
13868 \begin_inset space ~
13872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13874 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13879 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13883 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13885 \begin_inset Index idx
13888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13889 File formats ! PostScript
13897 \begin_layout Standard
13898 This file type has the extension
13899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13911 PostScript was developed by the company
13915 as a printer language.
13916 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13918 PostScript can be seen as a
13919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13922 programming language
13923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13926 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13931 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
13937 \begin_inset Index idx
13940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13941 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13951 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13954 \begin_layout Standard
13955 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13959 Encapsulated PostScript
13960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13963 (EPS, file extension
13964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13976 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13977 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13979 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13982 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13983 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13986 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13987 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13988 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13989 EPS to avoid this problem.
13992 \begin_layout Standard
13993 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13995 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13996 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14002 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14004 \begin_inset Index idx
14007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14014 \begin_inset Index idx
14017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14026 \begin_layout Standard
14027 This file type has the extension
14028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14044 Portable Document Format
14045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14052 was derived from PostScript.
14053 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14062 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14063 looks exactly the same.
14066 \begin_layout Standard
14067 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14071 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14075 (JPG, file extension
14076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14103 Portable Network Graphics
14104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14107 (PNG, file extension
14108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14120 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14121 in the background to one of these formats.
14122 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14123 will slow down your workflow.
14124 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14127 \begin_layout Standard
14128 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14130 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14133 in three different ways:
14136 \begin_layout Description
14137 PDF This uses the program
14141 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14142 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14146 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14147 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14150 \begin_layout Description
14152 \begin_inset space ~
14155 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14159 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14163 \begin_layout Description
14165 \begin_inset space ~
14168 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14172 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14175 \begin_layout Description
14177 \begin_inset space ~
14184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14191 X) This uses the program
14195 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14200 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14201 font access (see section
14202 \begin_inset space ~
14206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14208 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14213 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
14216 \begin_layout Description
14218 \begin_inset space ~
14225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14232 X) This uses the program
14236 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14241 is an even newer engine, derived from
14245 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14246 access (see section
14247 \begin_inset space ~
14251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14253 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14258 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14262 \begin_layout Standard
14263 We recommend to use
14266 \begin_inset space ~
14275 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14276 works without problems.
14277 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14278 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14282 \begin_inset space ~
14289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14301 \begin_inset space ~
14308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14317 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14325 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14327 \begin_inset Index idx
14330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14331 FileFormats ! XHTML
14337 \begin_inset Index idx
14340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14349 \begin_layout Standard
14350 This file type has the extension
14351 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14363 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14364 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14365 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14366 suitable for the purpose.
14367 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
14368 it, but not all do.
14371 \begin_layout Standard
14372 XHTML output remains
14373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14380 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14385 LyX and the World Wide Web
14386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14391 Additional Features
14393 manual, for more information.
14396 \begin_layout Standard
14397 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14399 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14400 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14406 \begin_layout Subsection
14408 \begin_inset Index idx
14411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14420 \begin_layout Standard
14421 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
14422 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14428 \change_deleted -712698321 1301225765
14430 \change_inserted -712698321 1301225910
14435 or the toolbar button
14444 A viewing program will pop up showing the output
14445 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226025
14446 in the defined default output format, which is globally set in the preferences
14448 \begin_inset space ~
14452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14454 reference "sec:File-Formats"
14458 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
14460 \begin_inset space ~
14464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14466 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
14474 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226035
14476 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226047
14477 Further output formats can be selected via
14478 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226049
14483 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14485 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226053
14487 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226055
14493 \change_deleted -712698321 1301226064
14494 you can use the toolbar button
14495 \begin_inset Graphics
14496 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
14498 groupId toolbarbuttons
14505 arg "buffer-view dvi"
14510 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14512 \begin_inset space ~
14518 \begin_inset Graphics
14519 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
14521 groupId toolbarbuttons
14527 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14531 \begin_inset Graphics
14532 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
14534 groupId toolbarbuttons
14541 arg "buffer-view ps"
14545 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226110
14546 or the toolbar button
14547 \begin_inset Graphics
14548 filename ../images/view-others.png
14550 groupId toolbarbuttons
14559 \begin_layout Standard
14560 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
14561 viewer window using the menu
14563 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14565 \change_inserted -712698321 1301226188
14570 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14571 Update (Other Formats)
14578 \begin_layout Standard
14579 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
14581 To have a real output, export your document.
14584 \begin_layout Subsection
14585 Printing the File from within LyX
14586 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14588 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
14595 \begin_layout Standard
14596 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
14597 it directly from within LyX.
14598 To print a file, select the menu
14600 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14603 or click on the toolbar button
14606 arg "dialog-show print"
14610 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
14611 This file is then processed by the program
14615 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
14620 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
14623 \begin_layout Standard
14624 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
14625 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
14626 printing one set to print on the other side.
14627 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
14628 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
14629 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
14632 \begin_layout Standard
14633 You can set the parameters in the
14636 \begin_inset space ~
14644 \begin_layout Labeling
14645 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14650 This is the name of the printer to print to.
14654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14655 Note that this printer name is for the program
14664 has to be configured for this printer name.
14665 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
14666 \begin_inset space ~
14670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14672 reference "sub:Printer"
14681 The printer should understand PostScript.
14684 \begin_layout Labeling
14685 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14690 The name of a file to print to.
14691 The output will be a PostScript file.
14692 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
14696 \begin_layout Section
14697 A few Words about Typography
14698 \begin_inset Index idx
14701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14710 \begin_layout Subsection
14712 \begin_inset Index idx
14715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14724 \begin_layout Standard
14726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14737 character comes in four lengths: the
14749 , and the minus sign:
14750 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14756 \begin_layout Standard
14757 \begin_inset Tabular
14758 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
14759 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14760 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14761 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14762 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14763 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14792 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14832 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14857 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14859 \begin_inset space ~
14862 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14869 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14894 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14896 \begin_inset space ~
14899 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14920 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14954 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14960 \begin_layout Standard
14961 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
14962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14973 character multiple times in a row.
14974 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
14975 the final output, but not in LyX.
14977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14981 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14993 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14997 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15007 \begin_layout Standard
15008 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15009 math mode and has a length of its own.
15010 Here are some examples of the
15011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15025 \begin_layout Enumerate
15026 line- and page-breaks
15027 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15037 \begin_layout Enumerate
15039 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15049 \begin_layout Enumerate
15050 Oh — there's a dash.
15051 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15061 \begin_layout Enumerate
15062 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15066 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15076 \begin_layout Subsection
15078 \begin_inset Index idx
15081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15090 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15097 \begin_layout Standard
15098 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15099 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15104 \begin_inset Index idx
15107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15108 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15113 following the rules of the document language
15117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15118 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
15126 \begin_inset space ~
15130 \begin_inset space ~
15137 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15148 \begin_layout Standard
15149 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15154 font and with unusual constructs, like
15155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15163 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
15164 This is done with the menu
15166 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15167 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15169 \begin_inset space ~
15175 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15176 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15179 \begin_layout Standard
15180 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15181 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15191 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15199 as a hyphenation possibility.
15200 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15201 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15202 as described in section
15203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15206 Prevent Hyphenation
15207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15217 \begin_layout Subsection
15219 \begin_inset Index idx
15222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15231 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15232 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15233 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15235 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15242 \begin_layout Standard
15243 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15244 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15245 LaTeX then adds the
15246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15249 appropriate amount of space
15250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15254 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15256 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15259 \begin_layout Standard
15260 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15261 not work in all cases.
15263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15274 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15275 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15278 \begin_layout Standard
15279 Here are some examples of
15283 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15286 \begin_layout Itemize
15291 \begin_layout Itemize
15296 \begin_layout Standard
15297 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15300 \begin_layout Itemize
15302 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15306 this is too much space!
15309 \begin_layout Itemize
15314 \begin_layout Standard
15315 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15318 \begin_layout Standard
15319 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15322 \begin_layout Enumerate
15326 \begin_inset space ~
15331 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15332 \begin_inset space ~
15336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15338 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15343 \begin_inset Index idx
15346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15347 Spaces ! inter-word
15355 \begin_layout Enumerate
15359 \begin_inset space ~
15364 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15365 \begin_inset space ~
15369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15371 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15376 \begin_inset Index idx
15379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15388 \begin_layout Enumerate
15392 \begin_inset space ~
15396 \begin_inset space ~
15400 \begin_inset space ~
15407 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15409 \begin_inset space ~
15414 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15415 This function is also bound to
15418 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15424 \begin_layout Standard
15425 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15428 \begin_layout Itemize
15430 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15434 \begin_inset space \space{}
15437 this is too much space!
15440 \begin_layout Itemize
15441 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15445 \begin_layout Standard
15446 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15447 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15448 will take care of this.
15451 \begin_layout Standard
15452 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15456 \begin_inset space ~
15461 feature described in section
15467 Additional Features
15472 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15474 \begin_inset Index idx
15477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15478 Typography ! Quotes
15484 \begin_inset Index idx
15487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15518 \begin_layout Standard
15519 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15520 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15521 and use a closing quote at the end.
15523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15531 The keyboard character,
15535 , generates this automatically.
15538 \begin_layout Standard
15539 You can change the behavior of the
15543 key using the submenu
15549 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15553 \begin_inset Index idx
15556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15557 Document ! Settings
15565 \begin_layout Standard
15566 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
15571 There are six choices:
15574 \begin_layout Labeling
15575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15587 Use quotes like this
15588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15596 \begin_inset Quotes els
15600 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15606 \begin_layout Labeling
15607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15610 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15614 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15620 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15624 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15628 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15634 \begin_layout Labeling
15635 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15638 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15642 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15648 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15652 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15656 \begin_inset Quotes gls
15660 \begin_inset Quotes grs
15666 \begin_layout Labeling
15667 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15670 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15674 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15680 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15684 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15688 \begin_inset Quotes pls
15692 \begin_inset Quotes prs
15698 \begin_layout Labeling
15699 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15702 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15706 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15712 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15716 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15720 \begin_inset Quotes fls
15724 \begin_inset Quotes frs
15730 \begin_layout Labeling
15731 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15734 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15738 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15744 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15748 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15752 \begin_inset Quotes als
15756 \begin_inset Quotes ars
15762 \begin_layout Standard
15763 These settings affect what character the
15770 \begin_layout Subsection
15772 \begin_inset Index idx
15775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15776 Typography ! Ligatures
15782 \begin_inset Index idx
15785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15814 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15816 name "sub:Ligatures"
15823 \begin_layout Standard
15824 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
15825 print them as single characters.
15826 These groups are known as
15831 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
15833 Here are the standard ligatures:
15836 \begin_layout Itemize
15840 \begin_layout Itemize
15844 \begin_layout Itemize
15848 \begin_layout Itemize
15852 \begin_layout Itemize
15856 \begin_layout Standard
15857 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15860 \begin_layout Standard
15861 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15862 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15870 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15886 To break a ligature, use
15888 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15889 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15891 \begin_inset space ~
15898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15909 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15926 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15934 \begin_layout Subsection
15936 \begin_inset Index idx
15939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15948 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
15955 \begin_layout Standard
15956 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
15957 characters in different sizes and heights.
15958 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
15959 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
15960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15979 \begin_inset Note Note
15982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15983 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
15984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15991 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
15992 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
15997 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16001 \begin_layout Description
16002 LyX The name of the game, write
16003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16024 \begin_layout Description
16025 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16047 \begin_layout Description
16048 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16070 \begin_layout Description
16071 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16093 \begin_layout Standard
16094 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16095 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16099 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16107 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16108 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16109 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16112 : The actual version is
16113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16120 , the previous one was
16121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16131 \begin_layout Standard
16132 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16133 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16137 \begin_inset space \space{}
16140 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16142 This will look in LyX like:
16143 \begin_inset Graphics
16144 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16150 \begin_inset Newline newline
16153 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16154 \begin_inset space ~
16158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16160 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16167 \begin_layout Subsection
16169 \begin_inset Index idx
16172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16181 \begin_layout Standard
16182 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16183 space between two words.
16184 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16194 for units use the menu
16196 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16197 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16199 \begin_inset space ~
16207 arg "space-insert thin"
16213 \begin_layout Standard
16214 Here's an example to show the differences:
16217 \begin_layout Standard
16218 \begin_inset Tabular
16219 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16220 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16221 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16222 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16229 \begin_inset space ~
16233 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16245 space between number and unit
16252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16257 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16261 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16273 half space between number and unit
16286 \begin_layout Subsection
16288 \begin_inset Index idx
16291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16292 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16300 \begin_layout Standard
16301 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16303 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16304 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16305 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16306 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16307 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16308 These bits of text became known as
16319 \begin_layout Standard
16320 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16321 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16322 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16323 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16324 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16325 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16326 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16329 \begin_layout Standard
16330 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16331 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16332 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
16333 \begin_inset space ~
16337 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16339 key "latexcompanion"
16344 \begin_inset space ~
16348 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16354 ] may have more information.
16355 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16358 \begin_layout Chapter
16359 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16360 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16362 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
16369 \begin_layout Standard
16370 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16375 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16378 \begin_layout Section
16380 \begin_inset Index idx
16383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16390 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16399 \begin_layout Standard
16400 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16403 \begin_layout Description
16405 \begin_inset space ~
16408 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
16409 \begin_inset Newline newline
16413 \begin_inset Note Note
16416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16417 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16425 \begin_layout Description
16426 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16427 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16429 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16430 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16431 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
16434 \begin_inset Newline newline
16438 \begin_inset Note Comment
16441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16442 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16450 \begin_layout Description
16452 \begin_inset space ~
16455 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
16456 \begin_inset Newline newline
16460 \begin_inset Newline newline
16464 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16473 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16474 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
16475 How this can be done is explained in the
16484 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
16490 \begin_inset Newline newline
16494 \begin_inset Newline newline
16497 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16498 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16501 \begin_layout Standard
16502 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16510 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16514 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16517 \begin_layout Section
16519 \begin_inset Index idx
16522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16529 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16531 name "sec:Footnotes"
16538 \begin_layout Standard
16539 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16542 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16545 or the toolbar button
16548 arg "footnote-insert"
16560 \begin_inset Graphics
16561 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
16570 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
16580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16599 label, the box will
16603 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
16604 Clicking on the box label again, will close
16617 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
16633 \begin_layout Standard
16634 Here's an example footnote:
16642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16643 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
16651 \begin_layout Standard
16652 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
16653 position where the footnote box is placed.
16654 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
16655 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
16656 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
16657 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
16658 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
16663 ey are described in the
16670 \begin_layout Section
16672 \begin_inset Index idx
16675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16682 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16684 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
16691 \begin_layout Standard
16692 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
16693 When you insert a margin note via the menu
16695 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16697 \begin_inset space ~
16702 or the toolbar button
16705 arg "marginalnote-insert"
16724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16731 appearing within your text.
16732 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
16741 \begin_layout Standard
16742 At the side is an example marginal note.
16746 \begin_inset Marginal
16749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16750 This is a marginal note.
16758 \begin_layout Standard
16759 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16760 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16761 pages, right on odd pages.
16764 \begin_layout Section
16765 Graphics and Images
16766 \begin_inset Index idx
16769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16776 \begin_inset Index idx
16779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16786 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16788 name "sec:Graphics"
16795 \begin_layout Standard
16796 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16797 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16800 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
16805 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16809 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16812 \begin_layout Standard
16813 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16818 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16819 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16821 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16822 \begin_inset space ~
16826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16828 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16835 \begin_layout Standard
16840 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16841 of the image in the output.
16842 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16846 \begin_inset space ~
16850 \begin_inset space ~
16859 \begin_inset space ~
16863 \begin_inset space ~
16867 \begin_inset space ~
16872 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16873 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16881 \begin_layout Standard
16884 LaTeX and LyX options
16886 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
16887 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16891 \begin_inset space ~
16896 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16897 with the image size is printed.
16901 \begin_inset space ~
16905 \begin_inset space ~
16909 \begin_inset space ~
16914 is explained in the
16925 \begin_layout Standard
16926 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16927 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16929 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16933 \begin_layout Standard
16935 \begin_inset Graphics
16936 filename clipart/mobius.eps
16944 \begin_layout Standard
16945 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
16946 the image into a float, see section
16947 \begin_inset space ~
16951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16953 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
16960 \begin_layout Subsection
16962 \begin_inset Index idx
16965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16974 name "sub:Image-Formats"
16981 \begin_layout Standard
16982 You can insert images in any known file format.
16983 But as we explained in section
16984 \begin_inset space ~
16988 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16990 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16994 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
16995 LyX uses therefore the program
16999 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17000 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17001 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17002 \begin_inset space ~
17006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17008 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17015 \begin_layout Standard
17016 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17019 \begin_layout Description
17021 \begin_inset space ~
17024 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17025 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17026 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17030 Graphics Interchange Format
17031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17034 (GIF, file extension
17035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17047 \begin_inset Index idx
17050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17082 Portable Network Graphics
17083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17086 (PNG, file extension
17087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17099 \begin_inset Index idx
17102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17134 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17138 (JPG, file extension
17139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17163 \begin_inset Index idx
17166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17197 \begin_layout Description
17199 \begin_inset space ~
17202 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17204 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17205 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17206 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17207 \begin_inset Newline newline
17210 Scalable image formats can be
17211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17214 Scalable Vector Graphics
17215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17218 (SVG, file extension
17219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17231 \begin_inset Index idx
17234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17266 Encapsulated PostScript
17267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17270 (EPS, file extension
17271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17283 \begin_inset Index idx
17286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17318 Portable Document Format
17319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17322 (PDF, file extension
17323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17335 \begin_inset Index idx
17338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17345 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17346 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
17347 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17353 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17361 \begin_layout Standard
17362 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17366 \begin_layout Subsection
17367 Grouping of Image Settings
17368 \begin_inset Index idx
17371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17372 Images ! Settings grouping
17380 \begin_layout Standard
17381 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17383 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17384 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17386 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17387 need to manually change each of them.
17391 \begin_layout Standard
17392 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17395 \begin_inset space ~
17400 field in the Graphics dialog.
17401 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17402 by checking the name of the desired group.
17405 \begin_layout Section
17407 \begin_inset Index idx
17410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17426 \begin_layout Standard
17427 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17430 arg "tabular-insert"
17435 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17439 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17440 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17441 from the rest of the table.
17442 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17443 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17445 Here's an example table:
17448 \begin_layout Standard
17450 \begin_inset Tabular
17451 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17452 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17453 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17454 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17455 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17456 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17656 \begin_layout Subsection
17660 \begin_layout Standard
17661 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
17662 brings up the table dialog.
17663 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
17664 where the cursor is placed currently.
17665 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
17666 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
17667 done on all of your selection.
17670 \begin_layout Standard
17671 Additionally to the table dialog, the
17674 \begin_inset space ~
17679 helps you in setting table properties.
17680 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
17683 \begin_layout Standard
17687 \begin_inset space ~
17692 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
17693 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
17694 current cell respectively.
17695 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
17697 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
17698 of text, see section
17699 \begin_inset space ~
17703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17705 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
17712 \begin_layout Standard
17713 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
17714 using the check box
17723 This will merge the cells to
17727 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
17728 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
17729 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
17730 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
17731 in the last row without the upper border:
17734 \begin_layout Standard
17736 \begin_inset Tabular
17737 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
17738 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
17739 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17740 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
17741 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17742 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17753 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17762 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17838 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17873 \begin_layout Standard
17874 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
17875 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
17876 explained in the tables section of the
17879 \begin_inset space ~
17885 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
17886 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17889 degrees counterclockwise.
17890 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17893 \begin_layout Standard
17894 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17902 Most DVI-viewers are
17906 able to display rotations.
17914 \begin_layout Standard
17919 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17924 adds lines for all cell borders.
17927 \begin_layout Subsection
17929 \begin_inset Index idx
17932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17933 Tables ! Longtables
17939 \begin_inset Index idx
17942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17951 \begin_layout Standard
17952 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
17955 \begin_inset space ~
17959 \begin_inset space ~
17968 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
17969 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
17972 \begin_layout Description
17977 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17978 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17979 except for the first page, if
17982 \begin_inset space ~
17990 \begin_layout Description
17994 \begin_inset space ~
17999 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18000 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18003 \begin_layout Description
18008 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18009 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18010 except for the last page, if
18013 \begin_inset space ~
18021 \begin_layout Description
18025 \begin_inset space ~
18030 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18031 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18034 \begin_layout Description
18035 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18036 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18038 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18042 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18045 \begin_inset space ~
18053 \begin_layout Standard
18054 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18055 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18056 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18057 The others will then be defined as
18062 In this context, first means first in this order:
18065 \begin_inset space ~
18077 \begin_inset space ~
18083 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18086 \begin_layout Standard
18088 \begin_inset Tabular
18089 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18090 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18091 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18092 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18093 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18094 <row endfirsthead="true">
18095 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18101 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18106 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18115 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18125 <row endfirsthead="true">
18126 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18137 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18146 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18158 <row endhead="true">
18159 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18170 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18179 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18189 <row endhead="true">
18190 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18201 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18210 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18222 <row endfoot="true">
18223 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18234 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18243 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18274 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19215 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19224 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19233 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19244 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19275 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19306 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19337 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19368 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19399 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19430 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19461 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19492 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19523 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19554 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19585 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19616 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19647 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19678 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19709 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19740 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19771 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19802 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19833 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19864 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19895 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19926 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19957 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19988 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20019 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20050 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20081 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20112 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20143 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20174 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20204 <row endlastfoot="true">
20205 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20216 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20225 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20242 \begin_layout Subsection
20244 \begin_inset Index idx
20247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20254 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20256 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20263 \begin_layout Standard
20264 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20265 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20266 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20267 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20271 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20272 for the cell's paragraph.
20275 \begin_layout Standard
20276 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20277 for the column in the table dialog.
20278 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20279 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20283 \begin_layout Standard
20285 \begin_inset Tabular
20286 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20287 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20288 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20289 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20290 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20310 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20379 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20435 This is longer now.
20440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20491 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20492 This is longer now.
20497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20523 \begin_layout Standard
20524 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20525 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20530 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20531 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20537 Selection with the mouse or with
20541 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20542 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20543 the selection from outside the table.
20546 \begin_layout Section
20548 \begin_inset Index idx
20551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20558 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20567 \begin_layout Standard
20568 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
20569 have a fixed location.
20571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20578 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20586 \begin_inset space ~
20591 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
20592 too many notes on the page.
20595 \begin_layout Standard
20596 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
20597 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
20598 and pages without text.
20599 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
20600 , every float can be referenced in the text.
20601 Floats are therefore numbered.
20602 Referencing is described in section
20603 \begin_inset space ~
20607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20609 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20616 \begin_layout Standard
20617 To insert a float, use the menu
20619 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20623 A box with a caption that has e.
20624 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20628 \begin_inset space \space{}
20632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20636 \begin_inset space ~
20640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20643 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
20644 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
20646 After the label you can insert the caption text.
20647 \begin_inset Index idx
20650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20656 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
20657 paragraph within the float.
20658 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
20659 by left-clicking on the box label.
20660 A closed float box looks like this:
20661 \begin_inset Graphics
20662 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
20667 – a gray button with a red label.
20670 \begin_layout Standard
20671 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
20672 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
20675 \begin_layout Subsection
20679 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20681 \begin_inset Index idx
20684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20685 Floats ! Figure floats
20691 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20693 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
20700 \begin_layout Standard
20703 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20704 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20707 inserts a float with the label
20708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20714 \begin_inset space ~
20720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20724 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
20725 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
20726 This is what we did for Figure
20727 \begin_inset space ~
20731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20733 reference "cap:Platypus"
20738 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
20739 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
20740 This was done in Figure
20741 \begin_inset space ~
20745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20747 reference "cap:Escher"
20754 \begin_layout Standard
20755 \begin_inset Float figure
20760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20762 \begin_inset Graphics
20763 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20772 \begin_inset Caption
20774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20775 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20777 name "cap:Platypus"
20781 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20794 \begin_layout Standard
20795 \begin_inset Float figure
20800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20801 \begin_inset Caption
20803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20804 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20821 \begin_inset Graphics
20822 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20835 \begin_layout Standard
20836 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20838 As described in section
20839 \begin_inset space ~
20843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20845 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20849 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20851 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20854 and refer to it using the menu
20856 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20860 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20869 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
20871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20881 \begin_layout Standard
20882 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20883 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
20884 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20885 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
20887 \begin_inset space ~
20891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20893 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20897 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20898 You can also set the images one below the other.
20900 \begin_inset space ~
20904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20906 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20913 reference "fig:Platypus"
20917 are the subfigures.
20920 \begin_layout Standard
20921 \begin_inset Float figure
20926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20927 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20931 \begin_inset Float figure
20936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20937 \begin_inset Caption
20939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20942 name "fig:Undefinable"
20954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20955 \begin_inset Graphics
20956 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20967 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20971 \begin_inset Float figure
20976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20977 \begin_inset Caption
20979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20980 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20982 name "fig:Platypus"
20994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20995 \begin_inset Graphics
20996 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21008 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21015 \begin_inset Caption
21017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21018 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21020 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21024 Two distorted images.
21037 \begin_layout Standard
21038 Note that the caption is added to the
21041 \begin_inset space ~
21045 \begin_inset space ~
21050 as described in section
21051 \begin_inset space ~
21055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21057 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21064 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21066 \begin_inset Index idx
21069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21070 Floats ! Table floats
21078 \begin_layout Standard
21079 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21081 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21082 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21086 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21089 \begin_inset space ~
21093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21095 reference "cap:Table-float"
21099 is an example of a table float.
21102 \begin_layout Standard
21103 \begin_inset Float table
21108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21109 \begin_inset Caption
21111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21112 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21114 name "cap:Table-float"
21126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21128 \begin_inset Tabular
21129 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21130 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21131 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21132 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21133 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21260 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21281 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21284 \end{array}\right]$
21292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21305 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21328 \begin_inset Index idx
21331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21332 Floats ! Algorithm floats
21340 \begin_layout Standard
21341 This float type is inserted with the menu
21343 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21344 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21348 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
21349 A possible environment for algorithms is the
21353 , described in section
21354 \begin_inset space ~
21358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21360 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
21367 \begin_layout Standard
21368 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21376 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
21382 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
21385 \begin_layout Standard
21390 floatname{algorithm}{your
21391 \begin_inset space ~
21397 \begin_layout Standard
21398 to the document preamble (menu
21400 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21407 \begin_inset space ~
21413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21427 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21429 \begin_inset Index idx
21432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21433 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
21441 \begin_layout Standard
21442 \begin_inset Wrap figure
21449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21450 \begin_inset Graphics
21451 filename clipart/mobius.eps
21459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21460 \begin_inset Caption
21462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21463 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21465 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21469 This is a wrapped figure.
21470 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21483 This float type is used if you want to
21484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21491 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
21493 It can be inserted using the menu
21495 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21496 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21498 \begin_inset space ~
21503 if the LaTeX-package
21508 \begin_inset Index idx
21511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21512 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
21521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21522 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
21525 \begin_inset space ~
21535 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
21538 \begin_inset space ~
21542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21544 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21548 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
21549 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21557 Available units are explained in Appendix
21558 \begin_inset space ~
21562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21564 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
21573 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
21577 \begin_layout Standard
21578 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21586 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
21587 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21591 \begin_inset space \space{}
21594 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
21595 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
21604 \begin_layout Itemize
21605 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
21606 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
21607 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
21608 page breaks will appear.
21611 \begin_layout Itemize
21612 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
21613 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
21616 \begin_layout Itemize
21617 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
21618 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
21621 \begin_layout Itemize
21622 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
21625 \begin_layout Subsection
21627 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21629 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21634 \begin_inset Index idx
21637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21646 \begin_layout Standard
21647 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
21648 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
21652 \begin_inset space ~
21660 \begin_layout Standard
21661 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
21662 have a multicolumn document).
21663 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
21666 \begin_inset space ~
21672 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
21673 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
21680 \begin_layout Standard
21681 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
21682 format is also the same: Table
21683 \begin_inset space ~
21687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21689 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
21693 is an example of a rotated table float.
21696 \begin_layout Standard
21697 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21705 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
21713 \begin_layout Standard
21714 \begin_inset Float table
21719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21720 \begin_inset Caption
21722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21723 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21725 name "cap:Rotated-table"
21737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21739 \begin_inset Tabular
21740 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
21741 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21742 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21743 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21744 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21745 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21746 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21806 \begin_layout Subsection
21808 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21810 name "sub:Float-Placement"
21815 \begin_inset Index idx
21818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21827 \begin_layout Standard
21828 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
21829 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
21830 \begin_inset Newline newline
21836 \begin_inset space ~
21841 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
21842 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
21843 \begin_inset Newline newline
21849 \begin_inset space ~
21854 is used to rotate floats, see section
21855 \begin_inset space ~
21859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21861 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21868 \begin_layout Standard
21869 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
21870 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
21873 \begin_inset space ~
21877 \begin_inset space ~
21885 \begin_layout Description
21887 \begin_inset space ~
21891 \begin_inset space ~
21894 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
21897 \begin_layout Description
21899 \begin_inset space ~
21903 \begin_inset space ~
21906 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
21909 \begin_layout Description
21911 \begin_inset space ~
21915 \begin_inset space ~
21918 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
21921 \begin_layout Description
21923 \begin_inset space ~
21927 \begin_inset space ~
21930 floats: try to place the float at an own page
21933 \begin_layout Standard
21934 The order of the above option is
21939 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
21943 \begin_inset space ~
21947 \begin_inset space ~
21955 \begin_inset space ~
21959 \begin_inset space ~
21964 , and then the others.
21965 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
21967 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
21968 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
21971 \begin_layout Standard
21972 By default, each option has its own rules:
21975 \begin_layout Standard
21979 \begin_inset space ~
21983 \begin_inset space ~
21988 only floats occupying less than 70
21989 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21992 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
21995 \begin_layout Standard
21999 \begin_inset space ~
22003 \begin_inset space ~
22008 : only floats occupying less than 30
22009 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22012 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
22015 \begin_layout Standard
22019 \begin_inset space ~
22023 \begin_inset space ~
22028 : only if more than 50
22029 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22032 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
22036 \begin_layout Standard
22037 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
22041 \begin_inset space ~
22045 \begin_inset space ~
22053 \begin_layout Standard
22054 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
22055 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
22056 For this case you can use the option
22059 \begin_inset space ~
22065 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
22067 Because the float is then no longer able to
22068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22075 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
22078 \begin_layout Standard
22079 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
22080 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
22083 \begin_layout Standard
22084 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
22086 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
22088 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
22095 \begin_layout Section
22097 \begin_inset Index idx
22100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22109 name "sec:Minipages"
22116 \begin_layout Standard
22117 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
22119 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
22120 \begin_inset space ~
22127 \begin_layout Standard
22128 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
22130 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22134 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
22135 and its alignment within the page.
22138 \begin_layout Standard
22140 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22150 height_special "totalheight"
22153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22156 This is a minipage.
22157 The text is set in an italic style.
22160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22163 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
22164 another formatting.
22172 \begin_layout Standard
22173 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22176 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
22180 as described in section
22181 \begin_inset space ~
22185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22187 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
22192 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
22198 \begin_layout Standard
22199 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22209 height_special "totalheight"
22212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22213 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22214 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22220 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
22224 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22234 height_special "totalheight"
22237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22238 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22239 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22247 \begin_layout Standard
22248 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22254 \begin_layout Standard
22255 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22256 to other box types.
22257 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22268 \begin_layout Chapter
22269 Mathematical Formulas
22270 \begin_inset Index idx
22273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22280 \begin_inset Index idx
22283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22314 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22321 \begin_layout Standard
22322 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22327 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22330 \begin_layout Section
22332 \begin_inset Index idx
22335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22344 \begin_layout Standard
22345 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22352 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22354 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22355 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22356 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22358 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22364 \begin_layout Standard
22365 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22369 \begin_inset space ~
22374 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22377 \begin_layout Standard
22378 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22379 line, like this one:
22382 \begin_layout Standard
22383 This is a line with an inline formula
22384 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22390 \begin_layout Standard
22391 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22393 \begin_inset Formula
22400 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22403 \begin_layout Standard
22404 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22410 \begin_inset space \space{}
22414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22427 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22428 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22432 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22435 \begin_inset space ~
22443 \begin_layout Subsection
22444 Navigating in Formulas
22445 \begin_inset Index idx
22448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22457 \begin_layout Standard
22458 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22459 achieved with the arrow keys.
22460 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22461 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22466 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22467 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22471 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22475 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22478 \end{array}\right]$
22486 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22491 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22492 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22495 \begin_layout Standard
22500 , printed in this document as
22501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22522 \begin_inset Note Note
22525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22526 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22527 space character (visible space).
22532 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22533 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22534 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22539 For example, if you want
22540 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22594 , since in the latter case only the
22597 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22602 will be under the square root sign:
22603 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22609 \begin_layout Standard
22610 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22612 \begin_inset Formula
22614 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22623 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22624 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22627 \begin_layout Subsection
22631 \begin_layout Standard
22632 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22633 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22637 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22638 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22639 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22640 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22641 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22644 \begin_layout Subsection
22645 Exponents and Subscripts
22646 \begin_inset Index idx
22649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22656 \begin_inset Index idx
22659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22668 \begin_layout Standard
22669 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22670 way is to use a command.
22672 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22675 , type in a formula
22681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22697 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22703 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22707 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22728 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22737 , you have to use an extra
22741 to separate the hat and the character.
22743 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22747 \begin_inset space \space{}
22751 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22772 Subscripts are similar: To get
22773 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22796 \begin_layout Subsection
22798 \begin_inset Index idx
22801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22810 \begin_layout Standard
22811 Create a fraction with either the command
22818 \begin_inset Graphics
22819 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22827 \begin_inset space ~
22833 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22834 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22835 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22840 To move back up, press
22845 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22846 \begin_inset Formula
22848 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22851 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22859 \begin_layout Subsection
22861 \begin_inset Index idx
22864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22873 \begin_layout Standard
22874 Roots can be created using the
22877 \begin_inset space ~
22883 \begin_inset Graphics
22884 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22886 groupId toolbarbuttons
22909 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22915 produces always a square root.
22918 \begin_layout Subsection
22919 Operators with Limits
22920 \begin_inset Index idx
22923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22930 \begin_inset Index idx
22933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22942 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22949 \begin_layout Standard
22951 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22955 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22958 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22959 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22960 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22961 The sum operator will automatically place its
22962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22969 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22972 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22976 \begin_inset Formula
22978 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22983 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22987 \begin_layout Standard
22988 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22990 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22991 behind the operator and hitting
22999 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23000 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23002 \begin_inset space ~
23006 \begin_inset space ~
23014 \begin_layout Standard
23015 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
23016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23023 feature as addition, such as
23024 \begin_inset Index idx
23027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23034 \begin_inset Formula
23036 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
23041 which will place the
23042 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
23046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23054 In inline formulas it looks like this:
23055 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
23061 \begin_layout Standard
23062 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
23069 Have a look at section
23070 \begin_inset space ~
23074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23076 reference "sub:Functions"
23080 for an explanation of function macros.
23083 \begin_layout Subsection
23085 \begin_inset Index idx
23088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23097 \begin_layout Standard
23098 Most math symbols can be found in the
23101 \begin_inset space ~
23106 under one of several categories; including
23123 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
23127 \begin_layout Standard
23128 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
23129 you don't have to use the
23132 \begin_inset space ~
23137 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
23138 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
23141 \begin_layout Subsection
23143 \begin_inset Index idx
23146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23155 \begin_layout Standard
23156 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
23161 arg "space-insert protected"
23167 \begin_inset space ~
23173 \begin_inset Graphics
23174 filename ../images/math/space.png
23176 groupId toolbarbuttons
23181 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
23182 For example, the sequence
23187 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
23191 \begin_inset Graphics
23192 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
23197 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
23198 the space marker and hit space again several times.
23199 With every space hit the size will be changed.
23200 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
23202 Here are two examples:
23205 \begin_layout Standard
23215 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
23221 \begin_layout Standard
23231 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23237 \begin_layout Subsection
23239 \begin_inset Index idx
23242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23249 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23251 name "sub:Functions"
23258 \begin_layout Standard
23262 \begin_inset space ~
23267 contains under the button
23268 \begin_inset Graphics
23269 filename ../images/math/functions.png
23271 groupId toolbarbuttons
23275 a number of function macros, such as
23276 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23280 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23288 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23295 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23296 avoid confusions, because
23297 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23301 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23307 \begin_layout Standard
23308 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23310 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23314 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23320 \begin_layout Standard
23321 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23322 s are placed, as described in section
23323 \begin_inset space ~
23327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23329 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23336 \begin_layout Subsection
23338 \begin_inset Index idx
23341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23350 \begin_layout Standard
23351 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23353 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23354 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23355 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23359 \begin_inset space \space{}
23363 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23366 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23367 Our example is entered by typing
23375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23388 \begin_inset space ~
23392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23394 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23398 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23401 \begin_layout Standard
23402 \begin_inset Float table
23407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23408 \begin_inset Caption
23410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23411 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23413 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23417 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23427 \begin_inset Tabular
23428 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23429 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23430 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23431 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23432 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23516 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23570 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23624 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23678 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23732 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23786 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23840 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23894 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23948 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23993 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
24014 \begin_layout Standard
24015 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
24018 \begin_inset space ~
24024 \begin_inset Graphics
24025 filename ../images/math/hat.png
24027 groupId toolbarbuttons
24031 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
24035 \begin_layout Section
24036 Brackets and Delimiters
24037 \begin_inset Index idx
24040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24047 \begin_inset Index idx
24050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24057 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24059 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24066 \begin_layout Standard
24067 There are several brackets available through LyX.
24068 For most purposes, using just the keys
24073 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
24074 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
24075 toolbar delimiter icon
24078 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
24082 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
24084 \begin_inset Formula
24086 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
24094 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
24095 \begin_inset Formula
24097 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
24105 \begin_layout Standard
24106 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
24107 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
24110 \begin_layout Standard
24111 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
24112 left side and right side.
24113 If you use the option
24116 \begin_inset space ~
24121 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
24122 The selection will be shown below the button field.
24123 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
24124 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
24127 \begin_layout Standard
24128 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
24129 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
24130 inside the brackets.
24131 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
24136 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
24139 \begin_layout Section
24140 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
24141 \begin_inset Index idx
24144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24151 \begin_inset Index idx
24154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24161 \begin_inset Index idx
24164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24165 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24173 \begin_layout Standard
24174 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
24177 \begin_inset space ~
24183 \begin_inset Graphics
24184 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
24186 groupId toolbarbuttons
24191 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
24192 Here is an example:
24193 \begin_inset Formula
24195 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24204 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24205 \begin_inset space ~
24209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24211 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24216 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24217 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24218 This alignment is set in the box
24223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24271 for every column as default.
24272 For example, the sequence
24273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24284 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24285 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24286 corresponds to the relevant column.
24287 The result will look like this:
24288 \begin_inset Formula
24291 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24292 column & has & has\, right\\
24293 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24302 \begin_layout Standard
24303 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24306 arg "newline-insert newline"
24309 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24310 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24312 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24315 or the math toolbar.
24318 \begin_layout Standard
24319 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24320 It can be created with the menu
24322 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24323 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24325 \begin_inset space ~
24337 Here is an example:
24338 \begin_inset Formula
24352 \begin_layout Standard
24353 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24356 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24359 arg "newline-insert newline"
24363 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24368 arg "newline-insert newline"
24371 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24379 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24380 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24381 A new row is created by every further hit of
24384 arg "newline-insert newline"
24388 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24389 Here is an example:
24390 \begin_inset Formula
24392 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24393 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24398 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24399 where you want to start the shift and hit
24404 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24405 position to the next column.
24406 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24407 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24408 \begin_inset Formula
24410 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24418 \begin_layout Standard
24419 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24426 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24427 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24430 reference "eq:asquared"
24435 The other types are described in section
24436 \begin_inset space ~
24440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24442 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24449 \begin_layout Section
24450 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24451 \begin_inset Index idx
24454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24455 Math ! Formula numbering
24461 \begin_inset Index idx
24464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24465 Math ! Referencing formulas
24471 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24473 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24480 \begin_layout Standard
24481 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24483 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24484 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24486 \begin_inset space ~
24494 arg "math-number-toggle"
24498 The formula number appears in LyX as
24499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24506 within parentheses.
24508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24515 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24517 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24518 the document class.
24519 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24520 separated by a dot:
24521 \begin_inset Formula
24531 arg "math-number-toggle"
24534 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24535 You can only number displayed formulas.
24538 \begin_layout Standard
24539 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24541 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24542 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24544 \begin_inset space ~
24548 \begin_inset space ~
24552 \begin_inset space ~
24560 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24563 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24564 \begin_inset Formula
24567 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24573 To number all lines use the shortcut
24576 arg "math-number-toggle"
24582 \begin_layout Standard
24583 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24586 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24587 A label is inserted with the menu
24589 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24592 when the cursor is in the formula.
24593 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24594 It is recommended to use the proposed
24595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24606 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24607 type when you have many labels in your document.
24608 We inserted in the following example the label
24609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24616 in the second line:
24617 \begin_inset Formula
24619 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24620 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24625 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24626 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24636 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24638 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24640 \begin_inset space ~
24646 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24647 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24648 as the formula number:
24651 \begin_layout Standard
24652 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24655 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24662 \begin_layout Standard
24663 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24664 \begin_inset space ~
24668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24670 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24675 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24678 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24681 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24686 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24694 \begin_layout Section
24695 User defined math macros
24696 \begin_inset Index idx
24699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24708 \begin_layout Standard
24709 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24710 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24711 Math macros are explained in section
24714 \begin_inset space ~
24726 \begin_layout Section
24730 \begin_layout Subsection
24732 \begin_inset Index idx
24735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24744 \begin_layout Standard
24745 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24746 To set a font in a formula, use the
24749 \begin_inset space ~
24755 \begin_inset Graphics
24756 filename ../images/math/font.png
24758 groupId toolbarbuttons
24762 , or enter its command, listed in table
24763 \begin_inset space ~
24767 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24769 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24776 \begin_layout Standard
24777 \begin_inset Float table
24782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24783 \begin_inset Caption
24785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24786 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24788 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24792 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24802 \begin_inset Tabular
24803 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24804 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24805 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24806 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24838 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24865 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24892 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24925 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24952 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24979 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25013 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
25021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25040 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
25048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25074 \begin_layout Standard
25075 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25083 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
25099 \begin_layout Standard
25100 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
25101 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
25106 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
25107 space when you need a space in the box.
25108 Here an example where
25109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25120 denotes the set of numbers:
25121 \begin_inset Formula
25123 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
25131 \begin_layout Standard
25132 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
25134 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25138 \begin_inset space \space{}
25150 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
25154 \begin_inset Newline newline
25157 So it is better not to use this feature.
25160 \begin_layout Standard
25161 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
25162 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
25166 \begin_inset Newline newline
25169 You can only print them emboldened using the command
25175 , which works like the other typeface commands:
25176 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
25182 \begin_layout Standard
25189 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
25192 \begin_layout Standard
25193 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
25195 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25196 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25198 \begin_inset space ~
25206 \begin_layout Subsection
25208 \begin_inset Index idx
25211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25220 \begin_layout Standard
25221 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25223 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25227 \begin_inset space ~
25231 \begin_inset space ~
25239 \begin_inset space ~
25245 \begin_inset Graphics
25246 filename ../images/math/font.png
25248 groupId toolbarbuttons
25259 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25260 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25261 Here is an example:
25262 \begin_inset Formula
25265 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25266 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25275 \begin_layout Subsection
25277 \begin_inset Index idx
25280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25289 \begin_layout Standard
25290 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25291 automatically chosen in most situations.
25309 For most characters,
25317 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25318 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25323 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25324 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25326 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25327 \begin_inset Graphics
25328 filename ../images/math/style.png
25330 groupId toolbarbuttons
25335 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25336 For example, you can set
25337 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25340 , which is normally in
25349 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25353 The four styles are used in the following example:
25356 \begin_layout Standard
25357 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25361 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25365 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25369 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25375 \begin_layout Standard
25376 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25377 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25379 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25381 \begin_inset space ~
25386 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25387 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25388 will be adjusted to correspond.
25389 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25400 \begin_layout Standard
25404 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25410 \begin_layout Section
25414 \begin_layout Standard
25415 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25416 the document classes and into layout modules.
25417 \begin_inset Index idx
25420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25426 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25427 other than the AMS classes.
25429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25431 reference "sub:Modules"
25435 for more on layout modules.
25438 \begin_layout Section
25440 \begin_inset Index idx
25443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25450 \begin_inset Index idx
25453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25462 \begin_layout Standard
25463 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25464 (AMS) that are in common use.
25467 \begin_layout Subsection
25468 Enabling AMS-Support
25471 \begin_layout Standard
25472 Selecting the checkbox
25475 \begin_inset space ~
25479 \begin_inset space ~
25483 \begin_inset space ~
25490 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25494 \begin_inset Index idx
25497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25498 Document ! Settings
25506 \begin_inset space ~
25511 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25513 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25514 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25517 \begin_layout Subsection
25519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25521 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25526 \begin_inset Index idx
25529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25530 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25538 \begin_layout Standard
25539 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25540 LyX allows you to choose between
25561 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25564 \begin_layout Chapter
25568 \begin_layout Section
25570 \begin_inset Index idx
25573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25582 name "sec:Cross-References"
25589 \begin_layout Standard
25590 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25591 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25593 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25594 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25595 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25598 \begin_layout Enumerate
25602 \begin_layout Enumerate
25603 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25605 name "enu:Second-item"
25612 \begin_layout Enumerate
25616 \begin_layout Standard
25617 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25619 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25622 or by pressing the toolbar button
25629 A grey label box like this:
25630 \begin_inset Graphics
25631 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25636 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25637 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25672 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25673 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25677 \begin_inset space \space{}
25680 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25695 \begin_layout Standard
25696 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25698 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25701 or the toolbar button
25704 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25708 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25709 \begin_inset Graphics
25710 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25715 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25717 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25730 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25734 \begin_layout Standard
25737 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25740 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25745 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25746 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25748 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25754 \begin_layout Standard
25755 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25756 \begin_inset space ~
25760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25762 reference "enu:Second-item"
25769 \begin_layout Standard
25770 It is recommended to use a protected space
25774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25775 described in section
25776 \begin_inset space ~
25780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25782 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25791 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25795 \begin_layout Standard
25796 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25799 \begin_layout Description
25800 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25803 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25810 \begin_layout Description
25811 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25812 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25822 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25824 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25831 \begin_layout Description
25832 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25833 \begin_inset space ~
25837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25838 LatexCommand pageref
25839 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25846 \begin_layout Description
25848 \begin_inset space ~
25852 \begin_inset space ~
25855 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25857 LatexCommand vpageref
25858 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25865 \begin_layout Description
25867 \begin_inset space ~
25871 \begin_inset space ~
25875 \begin_inset space ~
25878 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25881 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25888 \begin_layout Description
25890 \begin_inset space ~
25893 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25894 \begin_inset Newline newline
25898 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25906 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25915 \begin_inset Index idx
25918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25919 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25925 \begin_inset Index idx
25928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25929 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25942 \begin_layout Description
25944 \begin_inset space ~
25947 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25949 LatexCommand nameref
25950 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25957 \begin_layout Standard
25962 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25965 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25969 \begin_inset space \space{}
25973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25987 <reference> on page <page>
25989 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25992 \begin_layout Standard
25993 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25994 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25995 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25999 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
26003 \begin_layout Standard
26004 You can only use the style
26008 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
26012 is always possible.
26015 \begin_layout Standard
26016 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
26017 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
26019 Referencing formulas is explained in section
26020 \begin_inset space ~
26024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26026 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
26033 \begin_layout Standard
26034 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
26038 \begin_inset space ~
26042 \begin_inset space ~
26047 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
26048 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
26051 \begin_inset space ~
26056 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
26057 You can also go back with the toolbar button
26060 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
26066 \begin_layout Standard
26067 You can change labels at any time.
26068 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
26069 do not need to take care about this.
26072 \begin_layout Standard
26073 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
26074 marks in the output instead of the reference.
26077 \begin_layout Standard
26078 References are described in detail in sec.
26079 \begin_inset space ~
26083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26097 \begin_layout Section
26098 Table of Contents and other Listings
26099 \begin_inset Index idx
26102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26109 \begin_inset Index idx
26112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26119 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26128 \begin_layout Subsection
26130 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26132 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
26139 \begin_layout Standard
26140 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26142 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26143 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26145 \begin_inset space ~
26149 \begin_inset space ~
26155 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26156 If you click on it, the
26160 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
26161 sections in your documents.
26162 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26164 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26167 that is described in sec.
26168 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26174 reference "sec:Navigating"
26181 \begin_layout Standard
26182 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26183 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26185 \begin_inset space ~
26189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26191 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26195 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26197 \begin_inset space ~
26201 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26203 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26207 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26209 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26212 \begin_layout Subsection
26213 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26214 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26216 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26223 \begin_layout Standard
26224 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26225 You can insert them via the
26227 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26229 \begin_inset space ~
26233 \begin_inset space ~
26239 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26242 \begin_layout Section
26243 URLs and Hyperlinks
26244 \begin_inset Index idx
26247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26254 \begin_inset Index idx
26257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26266 \begin_layout Subsection
26268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26277 \begin_layout Standard
26278 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26280 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26286 \begin_layout Standard
26287 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26288 \begin_inset Flex URL
26291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26301 \begin_layout Standard
26302 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26308 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26312 \begin_layout Standard
26313 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26321 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26329 \begin_layout Subsection
26331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26333 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26340 \begin_layout Standard
26341 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26343 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26346 or with the toolbar button
26353 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26362 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26363 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26364 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26366 name "LyX's homepage"
26367 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26371 , an Email address like this:
26372 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26374 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26375 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26380 , or a link to a file.
26383 \begin_layout Standard
26384 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26397 to the link target.
26400 \begin_layout Standard
26401 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26402 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26403 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26404 the text style dialog.
26405 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26409 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26411 name "LyX's homepage"
26412 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26419 \begin_layout Standard
26420 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26424 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26426 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26427 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26431 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26433 \begin_inset Newline newline
26441 \begin_inset Newline newline
26448 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26451 \begin_layout Section
26453 \begin_inset Index idx
26456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26463 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26465 name "sec:Appendices"
26472 \begin_layout Standard
26473 Appendices are created with the menu
26475 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26477 \begin_inset space ~
26481 \begin_inset space ~
26487 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26488 as the appendix region.
26489 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26492 \begin_layout Standard
26493 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26494 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26495 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26496 and the subsection number.
26497 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26501 \begin_layout Standard
26503 \begin_inset space ~
26507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26509 reference "cha:Credits"
26514 \begin_inset space ~
26518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26520 reference "sub:Export"
26527 \begin_layout Section
26529 \begin_inset Index idx
26532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26539 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26541 name "sec:Bibliography"
26548 \begin_layout Standard
26549 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26550 You can include a bibliography database,
26554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26555 Known under the name
26556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26568 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26569 manually, using the paragraph environment
26573 , which was described in section
26574 \begin_inset space ~
26578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26580 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26585 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26586 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26590 use a bibliography database.
26593 \begin_layout Subsection
26594 The Bibliography Environment
26597 \begin_layout Standard
26602 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26604 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26613 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26615 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26624 , a short form of its title, as key.
26627 \begin_layout Standard
26628 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26630 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26633 or the toolbar button
26636 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26640 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26641 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26642 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26643 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26647 \begin_layout Standard
26648 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26649 entry with surrounding brackets.
26654 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26655 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26667 \begin_layout Standard
26670 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26673 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26675 key "latexcompanion"
26682 \begin_layout Standard
26683 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26684 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26693 \begin_layout Subsection
26694 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26695 \begin_inset Index idx
26698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26699 Bibliography ! Databases
26705 \begin_inset Index idx
26708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26709 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26715 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26717 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26724 \begin_layout Standard
26725 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26731 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
26733 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26734 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26739 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26741 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26742 your working field in a database.
26743 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26744 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26746 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26750 \begin_layout Standard
26751 The database is a text file with the file extension
26752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26763 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26764 The format is explained in
26765 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26771 and in LaTeX books (
26772 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26774 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26779 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26780 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26781 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26782 \begin_inset Flex URL
26785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26787 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26795 \begin_layout Standard
26796 To use a database, use the menu
26798 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26803 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26816 \begin_inset space ~
26822 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26823 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26826 Add bibliography to TOC
26828 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26833 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26834 in the document or just the cited references.
26837 \begin_layout Standard
26838 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26850 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26851 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26852 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26854 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26860 For information how this is done, have a look at
26861 \begin_inset Newline newline
26865 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26867 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26879 \begin_layout Standard
26880 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26883 \begin_layout Standard
26884 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26885 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26888 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26916 \begin_inset space ~
26922 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26928 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26937 \begin_layout Standard
26938 When you select the option
26940 Sectioned bibliography
26944 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26947 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26948 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26950 Customizing Bibliographies
26958 Additional Features
26963 \begin_layout Standard
26964 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26965 the two methods of creating them.
26966 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26967 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26968 We used the style file
26972 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26975 \begin_layout Subsection
26976 Bibliography layout
26977 \begin_inset Index idx
26980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26981 Bibliography ! Layout
26989 \begin_layout Standard
26990 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26991 For this feature you need to enable the option
26997 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27001 \begin_inset Index idx
27004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27005 Document ! Settings
27015 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
27016 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
27017 in the previous section.
27020 \begin_layout Standard
27021 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
27022 in the citation reference window.
27023 Here an example where we set the text
27024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27028 \begin_inset space ~
27032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27035 to appear after the reference:
27038 \begin_layout Standard
27040 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27043 key "latexcompanion"
27050 \begin_layout Section
27052 \begin_inset Index idx
27055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27062 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27071 \begin_layout Standard
27072 An index entry is created if you use the menu
27074 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27076 \begin_inset space ~
27081 or the toolbar button
27089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27100 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
27101 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
27102 by LyX as the index entry.
27105 \begin_layout Standard
27106 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27107 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27109 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27111 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27118 \begin_layout Standard
27119 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
27121 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27123 \begin_inset space ~
27127 \begin_inset space ~
27130 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27132 \begin_inset space ~
27138 A light blue box labeled
27139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27150 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27151 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27154 \begin_layout Subsection
27155 Grouping Index Entries
27156 \begin_inset Index idx
27159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27168 \begin_layout Standard
27169 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27171 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27172 lists under the entry
27173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27181 First we create the entry
27182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27190 \begin_inset space ~
27194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27196 reference "sub:Lists"
27201 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27202 \begin_inset space ~
27206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27208 reference "sec:Itemize"
27212 , we insert the command
27215 \begin_layout Standard
27221 \begin_layout Standard
27225 \begin_layout Standard
27231 \begin_layout Standard
27232 for the enumerated list in section
27233 \begin_inset space ~
27237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27239 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27246 \begin_layout Standard
27247 The exclamation mark
27248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27255 marks the grouping levels.
27256 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27257 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27258 If we don't have an index entry for
27259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27266 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27269 \begin_layout Subsection
27271 \begin_inset Index idx
27274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27275 Index ! Page ranges
27283 \begin_layout Standard
27284 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27286 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27287 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27289 \begin_inset space ~
27293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27295 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27302 \begin_layout Standard
27305 Paragraph environments|(
27308 \begin_layout Standard
27309 and another entry at the end of section
27310 \begin_inset space ~
27314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27316 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27323 \begin_layout Standard
27326 Paragraph environments|)
27329 \begin_layout Standard
27331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27354 respectively start and end the index range.
27355 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27356 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27357 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27358 An example is the index entry
27359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27362 Document ! Settings
27363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27369 \begin_layout Subsection
27371 \begin_inset Index idx
27374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27375 Index ! Cross referencing
27383 \begin_layout Standard
27384 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27385 We referred for example in the index entry
27386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27394 \begin_inset space ~
27398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27400 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27404 ) to the index entry
27405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27412 in the same section using the entry
27415 \begin_layout Standard
27418 GIF|see{Image formats}
27421 \begin_layout Standard
27422 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27423 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27424 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27427 \begin_layout Subsection
27429 \begin_inset Index idx
27432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27433 Index ! Entry order
27441 \begin_layout Standard
27442 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27443 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27444 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27449 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27451 \begin_inset space ~
27455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27457 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27466 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27467 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27492 \begin_inset Index idx
27495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27496 Dummy entries ! maïs
27502 \begin_inset Index idx
27505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27506 Dummy entries ! maître
27512 \begin_inset Index idx
27515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27516 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27521 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27522 order maïs, maison, maître.
27523 To achieve this, we use the command
27526 \begin_layout Standard
27529 previous entry@current entry
27532 \begin_layout Standard
27533 In our case we want to have
27534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27549 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27552 \begin_layout Standard
27558 \begin_layout Standard
27559 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27560 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27564 \begin_layout Standard
27565 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27571 \begin_layout Standard
27572 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27577 to generate the index (see sec.
27578 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27584 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27593 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27595 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27599 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27601 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27605 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27606 index commands start with
27607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27619 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27624 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27627 \begin_layout Standard
27639 \begin_layout Standard
27651 \begin_layout Subsection
27653 \begin_inset Index idx
27656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27657 Index ! Entry layout
27665 \begin_layout Standard
27666 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27667 \begin_inset Index idx
27670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27673 This is an italic dummy entry
27678 You can also format the page number using the character
27679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27686 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27687 We can write for example
27690 \begin_layout Standard
27693 italic page number:|textit
27696 \begin_layout Standard
27697 to get the page number in italic.
27698 \begin_inset Index idx
27701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27702 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27707 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27725 \begin_inset space ~
27731 Have a look at section
27732 \begin_inset space ~
27736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27738 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27742 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27745 \begin_layout Standard
27746 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27754 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27758 to generate the index, see sec.
27759 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27765 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27774 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27775 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
27776 they can be used, see
27777 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27780 key "latexcompanion"
27792 \begin_layout Standard
27793 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27795 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27796 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27797 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27798 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27799 If so, put the following in the preamble
27802 \begin_layout Standard
27814 \begin_layout Standard
27818 \begin_layout Standard
27824 \begin_layout Standard
27825 in the index entry.
27826 \begin_inset Index idx
27829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27830 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27835 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27836 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27837 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27840 \begin_layout Standard
27841 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27843 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27847 \begin_inset space \space{}
27850 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27851 for all index entries.
27852 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27864 documentation for details,
27865 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27867 key "makeindex,xindy"
27874 \begin_layout Subsection
27876 \begin_inset Index idx
27879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27886 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27888 name "sub:Index-Program"
27895 \begin_layout Standard
27896 If the index entry program
27900 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27904 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27913 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27914 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27915 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27916 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27917 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27927 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27928 dialog, see section
27929 \begin_inset space ~
27933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27935 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27940 The available options are listed and explained in
27941 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27943 key "makeindex,xindy"
27948 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27952 \begin_layout Standard
27953 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27954 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27957 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27958 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27959 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27963 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27964 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27967 \begin_layout Subsection
27971 \begin_layout Standard
27972 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27973 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27981 next to the standard index.
27982 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27983 packages that add this feature.
27989 \begin_inset Index idx
27992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27993 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27998 package to generate multiple indexes.
27999 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
28000 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
28001 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28008 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
28009 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
28010 Please consult the package's manual for details.
28013 \begin_layout Standard
28014 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
28016 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28017 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28018 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
28022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28025 Use multiple Indexes
28026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28030 Note that the list of
28031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28038 below already contains the standard index.
28039 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
28040 also appear as a heading) to the
28041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28048 input field and press the
28049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28057 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
28058 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
28059 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
28060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28063 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
28065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28069 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
28070 indexes in the LyX work area.
28073 \begin_layout Standard
28074 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
28077 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28079 \begin_inset space ~
28083 \begin_inset space ~
28092 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
28093 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
28094 are some additional features:
28097 \begin_layout Itemize
28098 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
28099 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
28102 \begin_layout Itemize
28103 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
28104 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
28105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28113 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28115 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28118 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28119 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28120 to the non-subindexes.
28123 \begin_layout Section
28124 Nomenclature / Glossary
28125 \begin_inset Index idx
28128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28135 \begin_inset Index idx
28138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28167 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28169 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28176 \begin_layout Standard
28177 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28178 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28182 \begin_layout Standard
28183 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28188 \begin_inset Index idx
28191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28192 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28198 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28199 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28205 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28208 \begin_layout Standard
28209 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28210 and then use the menu
28212 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28218 \begin_inset space ~
28223 or the toolbar button
28226 arg "nomencl-insert"
28231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28242 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28245 \begin_layout Standard
28246 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28247 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28248 The second is the description of the symbol.
28251 \begin_layout Standard
28252 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28260 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28268 \begin_layout Subsection
28269 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28270 \begin_inset Index idx
28273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28274 Nomenclature ! Layout
28282 \begin_layout Standard
28283 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28287 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28289 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28293 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28301 \begin_inset Newline newline
28309 \begin_inset Newline newline
28315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28322 character starts/ends the formula.
28323 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28335 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28345 \begin_layout Standard
28346 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28347 \begin_inset space ~
28351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28353 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28360 \begin_layout Standard
28364 \begin_inset space ~
28369 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28370 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28375 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28382 in this document is:
28383 \begin_inset Newline newline
28388 dummy entry for the character
28393 \begin_inset Newline newline
28405 \begin_inset space ~
28415 font use the command
28444 \begin_layout Subsection
28445 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28446 \begin_inset Index idx
28449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28450 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28458 \begin_layout Standard
28459 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28460 the symbol definition.
28461 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28462 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28465 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28466 LatexCommand nomenclature
28468 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28475 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28479 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28480 LatexCommand nomenclature
28483 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28488 They will be sorted by
28489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28515 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28518 will be sorted before the
28522 since the character
28523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28530 is considered in sorting.
28533 \begin_layout Standard
28534 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28537 \begin_inset space ~
28542 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28543 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28545 For the example given, you can insert
28549 in this field for the
28550 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28557 will be located before
28558 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28564 \begin_layout Standard
28565 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28570 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28579 \begin_layout Subsection
28580 Nomenclature Options
28581 \begin_inset Index idx
28584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28585 Nomenclature ! Options
28593 \begin_layout Standard
28598 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28599 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28602 \begin_layout Description
28603 refeq Appends the phrase
28604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28619 to every nomenclature entry, where
28625 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28628 \begin_layout Description
28629 refpage Appends the phrase
28630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28645 to every nomenclature entry, where
28651 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28654 \begin_layout Description
28655 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28658 \begin_layout Standard
28659 There are furthermore the options
28703 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28707 \begin_layout Standard
28708 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28709 class options list in the
28711 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28715 In this document the option
28722 \begin_layout Standard
28723 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28729 \begin_layout Standard
28730 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28731 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28736 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28739 \begin_layout Description
28749 \begin_layout Description
28752 nomrefpage Like the
28759 \begin_layout Description
28762 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28771 \begin_layout Description
28775 \begin_inset space ~
28781 \begin_inset space ~
28786 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28789 \begin_layout Subsection
28790 Printing the Nomenclature
28791 \begin_inset Index idx
28794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28795 Nomenclature ! Printing
28803 \begin_layout Standard
28804 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28806 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28808 \begin_inset space ~
28812 \begin_inset space ~
28815 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28819 A light blue box labeled
28820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28831 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28832 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28835 \begin_layout Standard
28836 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28845 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28853 For example, in order to change the name to
28857 , add the following line to the preamble:
28860 \begin_layout Standard
28868 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28871 \begin_layout Standard
28872 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28878 \begin_layout Standard
28879 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28880 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28883 \begin_layout Standard
28891 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28894 \begin_layout Standard
28897 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28898 \begin_inset space ~
28902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28904 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28909 The default value is 1
28910 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28916 \begin_layout Subsection
28917 Nomenclature Program
28918 \begin_inset Index idx
28921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28922 Nomenclature ! Program
28928 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28930 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28937 \begin_layout Standard
28938 LyX uses the program
28942 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28943 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28948 by adding options, see section
28949 \begin_inset space ~
28953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28955 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28960 The available options are listed and explained in
28961 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28963 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28970 \begin_layout Section
28972 \begin_inset Index idx
28975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28982 \begin_inset Index idx
28985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28986 Document ! Branches
28992 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28994 name "sec:Branches"
29001 \begin_layout Standard
29002 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
29003 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
29004 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
29005 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
29008 \begin_layout Standard
29009 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
29010 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
29011 To create a branch, either select the menu
29013 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29014 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29017 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
29019 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29026 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
29027 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
29028 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
29029 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
29030 (see below for an example).
29031 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
29032 to the name of the other) and to add
29033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29041 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29045 \begin_inset space ~
29048 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
29049 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
29052 \begin_layout Standard
29053 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
29054 These boxes are inserted via the menu
29056 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29059 where you can choose a branch.
29060 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
29064 \begin_layout Standard
29065 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
29066 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
29069 \begin_layout Standard
29070 \begin_inset Branch Question
29073 \begin_layout Standard
29074 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
29082 \begin_layout Standard
29083 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29086 \begin_layout Standard
29087 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
29095 \begin_layout Standard
29102 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29103 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29106 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
29107 Consider for example a file
29108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29115 which has the above branches.
29117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29124 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29148 branch were inactive,
29149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29164 branch was active, likewise
29165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29180 branch was active, and
29181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29184 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29188 if both branches were active.
29189 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29193 \begin_layout Standard
29194 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29200 \begin_layout Standard
29201 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29202 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29204 For example you can define for the question branch
29208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29209 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29210 \begin_inset space ~
29214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29216 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29228 \begin_layout Standard
29238 \begin_layout Standard
29248 \begin_layout Standard
29249 and for the answer branch
29252 \begin_layout Standard
29262 \begin_layout Standard
29272 \begin_layout Standard
29273 \begin_inset Branch Question
29276 \begin_layout Standard
29280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29308 \begin_layout Standard
29309 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29312 \begin_layout Standard
29316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29344 \begin_layout Standard
29345 Now it is possible to use the commands
29349 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29356 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29359 to obtain conditional output.
29360 Here is an example formula where only the
29367 \begin_inset Formula
29369 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29377 \begin_layout Standard
29378 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29386 \begin_layout Section
29388 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29390 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29395 \begin_inset Index idx
29398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29407 \begin_layout Standard
29412 dialog allows you in the
29416 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29417 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29422 \begin_inset Index idx
29425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29426 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29434 \begin_layout Standard
29439 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29440 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29441 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29443 You can specify in the dialog tab
29447 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29449 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29450 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29454 \begin_layout Standard
29459 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29460 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29461 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29463 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29464 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29466 \begin_inset space ~
29469 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29470 \begin_inset space ~
29473 1 will only display the sections.
29476 \begin_layout Standard
29477 The header information in the dialog tab
29481 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29482 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29483 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29487 \begin_inset space \space{}
29490 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29491 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29494 Automatic fill header
29496 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29497 title and author settings.
29500 \begin_layout Standard
29503 Load in fullscreen mode
29505 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29508 \begin_layout Standard
29509 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29510 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29516 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29517 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29526 \begin_layout Section
29527 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29528 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29530 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29537 \begin_layout Subsection
29539 \begin_inset Index idx
29542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29549 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29551 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29558 \begin_layout Standard
29559 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29560 constructs, but not all.
29561 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29562 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29563 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29564 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29565 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29569 \begin_layout Standard
29570 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29572 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29574 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29576 \begin_inset space ~
29581 or by the toolbar button
29588 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29592 \begin_layout Standard
29593 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29594 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29595 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29596 using the LaTeX-command
29602 , you can write the command part
29608 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29612 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29613 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29614 the following example:
29617 \begin_layout Standard
29618 \begin_inset Graphics
29619 filename clipart/ERT.png
29627 \begin_layout Standard
29631 \begin_layout Standard
29632 This is a line with a
29636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29659 \begin_layout Standard
29660 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29668 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29669 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29677 \begin_layout Subsection
29678 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29679 \begin_inset Argument
29682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29689 \begin_inset Index idx
29692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29699 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29701 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29708 \begin_layout Standard
29709 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29710 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29711 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29720 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29721 any time if you know the right commands.
29723 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29727 \begin_inset space \space{}
29730 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29732 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29733 all caption labels bold.
29734 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29736 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29740 \begin_layout Standard
29741 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29742 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29743 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29745 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29754 \begin_layout Standard
29755 As result you know that the package
29760 \begin_inset Index idx
29763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29764 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29770 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29772 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29778 \begin_layout Standard
29783 usepackage[options]{package name}
29786 \begin_layout Standard
29787 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29788 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29789 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29792 \begin_layout Standard
29793 In your case the package name is
29798 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29803 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29804 So you add the command
29807 \begin_layout Standard
29812 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29815 \begin_layout Standard
29816 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29821 For more commands provided by the
29825 package, have a look at its documentation,
29826 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29840 \begin_layout Standard
29841 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29843 For example if you use a
29847 class, you don't need the package
29851 , you can instead write
29854 \begin_layout Standard
29859 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29864 \begin_layout Standard
29865 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29866 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29867 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29874 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29877 \begin_layout Standard
29878 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29879 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29881 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29882 the previous section.
29885 \begin_layout Standard
29886 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29888 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29890 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29898 \begin_layout Section
29899 Previewing Snippets of your Document
29900 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29902 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
29907 \begin_inset Index idx
29910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29917 \begin_inset Index idx
29920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29929 \begin_layout Standard
29930 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
29931 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
29932 to break your train of thought with
29934 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29940 \begin_layout Standard
29941 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
29942 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
29947 \begin_inset Index idx
29950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29951 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
29956 as explained below, and turn on
29959 \begin_inset space ~
29966 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29970 \begin_inset space ~
29974 \begin_inset space ~
29977 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29982 \begin_inset space ~
29987 is the multiplication factor for the size.
29990 \begin_layout Standard
29991 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
29993 Previews of an already loaded document are
29997 generated just by selecting the
30000 \begin_inset space ~
30005 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
30008 \begin_layout Standard
30009 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
30010 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
30013 \begin_inset space ~
30018 check box in the insert dialog.
30019 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
30023 \begin_layout Standard
30024 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30028 (on some systems named simply
30033 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
30035 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30041 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30042 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30050 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
30054 \begin_layout Standard
30055 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
30061 \begin_layout Standard
30062 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
30066 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30068 \begin_inset space ~
30073 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
30074 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
30076 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
30077 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
30078 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
30079 the source view window.
30082 \begin_layout Section
30083 Advanced Find and Replace
30084 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30086 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
30091 \begin_inset Index idx
30094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30101 \begin_inset Index idx
30104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30113 \begin_layout Subsection
30117 \begin_layout Standard
30118 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
30119 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
30120 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
30121 The key-features are:
30124 \begin_layout Itemize
30125 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
30126 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
30127 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
30131 \begin_layout Itemize
30132 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
30133 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
30134 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
30135 a section heading will only be found within section headings
30138 \begin_layout Itemize
30139 Search may be widened to a specific
30144 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30148 \begin_inset space ~
30151 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
30152 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
30159 \begin_layout Itemize
30160 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
30161 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
30162 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30166 \begin_inset space ~
30169 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
30172 \begin_layout Subsection
30176 \begin_layout Standard
30177 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
30180 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30193 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
30196 ) or the toolbar button
30199 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
30205 Advanced Find and Replace
30210 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30214 \begin_layout Standard
30219 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
30224 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
30229 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
30230 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
30231 Pressing repeatedly
30235 keeps searching forward.
30236 Similarly, pressing
30240 searches for the entered text backwards.
30243 \begin_layout Standard
30244 While searching, the
30248 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
30258 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
30261 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30262 Searching for mathematics
30265 \begin_layout Standard
30266 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
30270 editor a mathematical formula, such as
30271 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
30274 or also something more complex like
30275 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
30279 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
30280 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
30281 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
30282 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
30288 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30292 \begin_layout Standard
30293 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
30294 This is done by switching to the
30295 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987029
30299 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987031
30304 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
30309 This way, entering in the
30316 \begin_layout Itemize
30317 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
30318 in emphasized or boldface.
30321 \begin_layout Itemize
30322 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
30323 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
30324 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
30325 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
30328 \begin_layout Itemize
30329 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
30330 of if only within section headings.
30331 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
30332 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
30336 \begin_layout Itemize
30337 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
30338 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
30341 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30345 \begin_layout Standard
30346 The text segments matching the text entered in the
30350 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
30358 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
30362 button or alternatively
30384 \begin_layout Standard
30385 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
30386 text segments in your document.
30387 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
30391 \begin_layout Itemize
30392 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
30393 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
30394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30401 with its typewriter version
30404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30414 \begin_layout Itemize
30415 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
30417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30421 \begin_inset Formula $R$
30425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30433 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
30437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30440 (you may want to enable the
30448 options and disable the
30453 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987051
30457 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987053
30462 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
30463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30470 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
30471 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
30475 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
30478 , or occurrences of
30479 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
30483 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
30489 \begin_layout Subsection
30493 \begin_layout Standard
30494 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
30498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30499 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
30501 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30503 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
30512 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
30518 This is done via the menu
30520 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30521 Insert Regular Expression
30524 \change_deleted 5863208 1297986810
30533 while the cursor is in the
30538 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
30539 expression matching rules
30543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30544 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
30546 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30550 \begin_inset space ~
30553 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
30554 to match expressions.
30559 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
30560 same text in the document.
30561 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
30562 Examples of using such a feature may be:
30565 \begin_layout Enumerate
30566 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
30571 editor the fraction
30572 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
30576 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30579 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
30580 fractions with the given denominator.
30583 \begin_layout Enumerate
30584 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
30590 \change_inserted 5863208 1297987063
30594 \change_deleted 5863208 1297987065
30602 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30607 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
30608 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
30610 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30613 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
30614 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
30617 \begin_layout Standard
30618 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
30619 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
30620 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30623 , and referring back to them through
30624 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30628 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
30632 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash$
30635 symbol is entered in regexp mode by pressing twice the backslash key.
30636 For example, try searching for the regexp
30637 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
30640 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
30643 \begin_layout Standard
30644 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
30645 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
30646 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
30647 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30651 \begin_inset space ~
30655 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30658 always refers to the first occurrence of
30659 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30662 in all entered regexps.
30665 \begin_layout Standard
30666 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
30670 \begin_layout Section
30672 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30674 name "sec:Spellchecking"
30679 \begin_inset Index idx
30682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30691 \begin_layout Standard
30692 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
30693 Rather it uses one of the external programs
30710 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
30716 can be seen as the successor to
30724 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
30730 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
30731 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
30739 \begin_layout Standard
30740 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
30741 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
30748 \begin_layout Standard
30751 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30754 or the toolbar button
30757 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
30760 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
30761 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
30762 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
30763 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
30764 scrolled so that it is visible.
30769 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
30771 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
30775 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
30776 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
30779 \begin_layout Standard
30780 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
30783 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30787 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
30788 will bring an error message.
30789 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
30790 specifying a different
30792 Alternative language
30794 in preferences dialog.
30797 \begin_layout Standard
30798 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
30801 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30805 \begin_layout Standard
30806 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
30807 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
30809 But you can use the
30812 \begin_inset space ~
30816 \begin_inset space ~
30824 \begin_layout Standard
30825 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
30826 This does work with
30830 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
30833 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30837 \begin_layout Standard
30842 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
30845 \begin_layout Description
30847 \begin_inset space ~
30850 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
30851 should consider, e.
30852 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30856 \begin_inset space \space{}
30859 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
30860 This should not normally be needed.
30863 \begin_layout Description
30865 \begin_inset space ~
30868 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
30869 the spell checker's default choice
30872 \begin_layout Description
30874 \begin_inset space ~
30878 \begin_inset space ~
30881 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
30883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30893 \begin_layout Description
30895 \begin_inset space ~
30899 \begin_inset space ~
30902 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
30904 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30911 also for the spellchecker.
30915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30916 The encodings are explained in section
30917 \begin_inset space ~
30921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30923 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
30932 Only enable this if you use
30936 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
30937 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
30938 so this is disabled by default.
30941 \begin_layout Section
30943 \begin_inset Index idx
30946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30953 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30955 name "sec:Thesaurus"
30962 \begin_layout Standard
30963 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
30964 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
30973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30974 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30976 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
30985 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
30986 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
30987 are available for many languages.
30990 \begin_layout Standard
30991 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
30995 \begin_layout Subsection
30996 Setting up the thesaurus
30999 \begin_layout Standard
31004 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
31009 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
31014 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
31016 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31020 en_EN for English).
31021 For instance, the English files are named:
31024 \begin_layout Itemize
31028 \begin_layout Itemize
31032 \begin_layout Standard
31033 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
31034 already on your system.
31035 If not, you can get dictionaries
31036 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121514
31038 \begin_inset Flex URL
31041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31043 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121516
31045 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
31055 \begin_inset Flex URL
31058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31060 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31067 \change_deleted -712698321 1298121776
31068 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
31073 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31075 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31076 unpack a zip archive.
31077 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121667
31082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31084 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121689
31085 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
31086 \begin_inset Flex URL
31089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31091 \change_inserted -712698321 1298121688
31093 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31098 are usually packed in extension archives (
31102 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31104 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31105 unpack a zip archive.
31113 \change_deleted -712698321 1298121653
31117 \begin_layout Standard
31126 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
31127 s), and specify the path to this directory in
31129 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31130 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31134 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
31137 \begin_layout Subsection
31138 Using the thesaurus
31141 \begin_layout Standard
31142 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
31144 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31147 or the toolbar button
31150 arg "thesaurus-entry"
31153 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
31155 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
31157 The proposals are grouped into categories.
31158 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
31159 and hyponyms (such as
31167 ), compounds (such as
31171 ) and antonyms (such as
31179 ), which are marked as such.
31182 \begin_layout Standard
31183 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
31184 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
31188 \begin_layout Standard
31189 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
31190 the dictionary, such as the above
31194 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
31195 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31199 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
31200 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
31201 For example looking up the word forms
31209 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
31214 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
31215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31227 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
31228 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
31229 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
31232 \begin_layout Subsection
31233 License of the Thesaurus library
31236 \begin_layout Standard
31241 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
31246 as a standalone program.
31247 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
31248 The library was released under the
31250 Berkeley Database License
31252 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
31253 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
31254 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
31256 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
31259 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
31263 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
31266 \begin_layout Section
31268 \begin_inset Index idx
31271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31278 \begin_inset Index idx
31281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31282 Document ! Change Tracking
31288 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31290 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
31297 \begin_layout Standard
31298 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
31299 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
31300 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
31301 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
31303 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31305 \begin_inset space ~
31308 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31310 \begin_inset space ~
31318 \begin_layout Standard
31319 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
31333 The color depends on the author that made the change.
31334 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
31337 \begin_inset space ~
31341 \begin_inset space ~
31351 \begin_inset Index idx
31354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31355 Color ! Change tracking
31360 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
31361 the cursor is in changed text.
31362 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
31365 arg "changes-merge"
31371 \begin_layout Standard
31372 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
31373 \begin_inset Index idx
31376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31385 \begin_layout Standard
31386 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31392 \begin_layout Standard
31393 \begin_inset Graphics
31394 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
31402 \begin_layout Standard
31403 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31409 \begin_layout Standard
31410 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
31414 \begin_layout Standard
31415 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31421 \begin_layout Standard
31422 \begin_inset Tabular
31423 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
31424 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
31425 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31426 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31427 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31436 arg "changes-track"
31444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31450 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31452 \begin_inset space ~
31455 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31457 \begin_inset space ~
31466 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31475 arg "changes-output"
31483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31489 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31491 \begin_inset space ~
31494 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31496 \begin_inset space ~
31500 \begin_inset space ~
31504 \begin_inset space ~
31513 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31534 Jumps to the next change
31540 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31549 arg "change-accept"
31557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31563 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31565 \begin_inset space ~
31568 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31570 \begin_inset space ~
31579 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31588 arg "change-reject"
31596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31602 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31604 \begin_inset space ~
31607 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31609 \begin_inset space ~
31618 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31627 arg "changes-merge"
31635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31641 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31643 \begin_inset space ~
31646 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31648 \begin_inset space ~
31657 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31666 arg "all-changes-accept"
31674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31680 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31682 \begin_inset space ~
31685 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31687 \begin_inset space ~
31691 \begin_inset space ~
31700 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31709 arg "all-changes-reject"
31717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31723 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31725 \begin_inset space ~
31728 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31730 \begin_inset space ~
31734 \begin_inset space ~
31743 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31766 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31767 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31769 \begin_inset space ~
31778 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31801 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31803 \begin_inset space ~
31819 \begin_layout Standard
31820 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31826 \begin_layout Standard
31827 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
31828 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
31829 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
31830 the next change after the current cursor position.
31831 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
31832 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
31833 step to the next change.
31834 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
31837 \begin_layout Standard
31838 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
31839 to describe a change.
31842 \begin_layout Standard
31843 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
31848 \begin_inset Index idx
31851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31852 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
31858 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
31859 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31865 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
31868 \begin_layout Section
31869 International Support
31870 \begin_inset Index idx
31873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31874 International support
31882 \begin_layout Standard
31883 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
31884 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
31885 how to set up LyX to use them:
31886 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31888 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
31895 \begin_layout Standard
31896 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
31897 \begin_inset space ~
31901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31903 reference "sub:Special-Character"
31910 \begin_layout Subsection
31912 \begin_inset Index idx
31915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31922 \begin_inset Index idx
31925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31926 Document ! Settings
31932 \begin_inset Index idx
31935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31936 Document ! Language
31944 \begin_layout Standard
31947 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31950 dialog lets you set
31952 the language and character encoding for your language.
31956 \begin_layout Standard
31957 Choose your language in the
31961 section of this dialog.
31969 \begin_layout Standard
31974 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
31979 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
31980 For details about the different encoding options see section
31981 \begin_inset space ~
31985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31987 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
31994 \begin_layout Subsection
31995 Keyboard mapping configuration
31996 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31998 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
32005 \begin_layout Standard
32006 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
32007 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
32008 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
32009 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
32010 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
32012 \begin_inset space ~
32016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32018 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
32023 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
32024 which one you want to use.
32027 \begin_layout Standard
32028 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
32029 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
32030 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
32031 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
32032 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
32033 one to support the characters you want.
32034 This and many other customizations are explained in the
32041 \begin_layout Subsection
32045 \begin_layout Standard
32047 \begin_inset space ~
32051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32053 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
32062 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
32066 \begin_layout Standard
32067 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
32068 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
32076 \begin_layout Itemize
32077 Even if you have selected
32083 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32086 dialog, users who have only the
32090 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
32094 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
32095 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
32096 french quotes won't show up.
32099 \begin_layout Standard
32100 \begin_inset Float table
32105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32106 \begin_inset Caption
32108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32109 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32111 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
32127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32129 \begin_inset Tabular
32130 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
32131 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
32132 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32133 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32134 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32135 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32136 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32137 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32138 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32139 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32142 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32143 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32144 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32145 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32146 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32147 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32148 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36561 \begin_layout Standard
36562 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
36564 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
36565 also the characters from
36577 \begin_layout Itemize
36586 \begin_layout Standard
36587 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
36588 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36594 \begin_layout Standard
36595 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
36596 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36602 \begin_layout Standard
36603 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
36604 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36610 \begin_layout Standard
36611 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
36612 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36618 \begin_layout Standard
36620 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36626 \begin_layout Standard
36628 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36634 \begin_layout Standard
36636 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36643 \begin_layout Itemize
36656 \begin_layout Standard
36658 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36664 \begin_layout Standard
36666 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36672 \begin_layout Standard
36674 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36680 \begin_layout Standard
36682 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36688 \begin_layout Standard
36690 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36696 \begin_layout Standard
36698 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36705 \begin_layout Standard
36706 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
36707 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
36708 Also make sure you're using the
36715 \begin_layout Chapter
36718 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36720 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
36727 \begin_layout Standard
36728 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
36729 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
36730 topic inside the user's guide.
36733 \begin_layout Section
36735 \begin_inset Index idx
36738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36747 \begin_layout Standard
36752 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
36753 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
36756 \begin_layout Subsection
36760 \begin_layout Standard
36761 Creates a new document.
36764 \begin_layout Subsection
36768 \begin_layout Standard
36769 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
36770 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
36771 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
36774 \begin_layout Subsection
36778 \begin_layout Standard
36782 \begin_layout Subsection
36786 \begin_layout Standard
36787 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
36788 Click there on a file to open it.
36791 \begin_layout Subsection
36795 \begin_layout Standard
36796 Closes the current document.
36799 \begin_layout Subsection
36803 \begin_layout Standard
36804 Closes all opened documents.
36807 \begin_layout Subsection
36811 \begin_layout Standard
36812 Saves the actual document.
36815 \begin_layout Subsection
36819 \begin_layout Standard
36820 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
36823 \begin_layout Subsection
36827 \begin_layout Standard
36828 Saves all opened documents.
36831 \begin_layout Subsection
36835 \begin_layout Standard
36836 Reloads the actual document from disk.
36839 \begin_layout Subsection
36843 \begin_layout Standard
36844 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
36845 It is described in the section
36847 Version Control in LyX
36851 Additional Features
36856 \begin_layout Subsection
36860 \begin_layout Standard
36861 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
36862 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
36863 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
36864 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
36867 \begin_layout Standard
36868 When using the menu entry
36871 \begin_inset space ~
36876 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
36880 \begin_inset space ~
36884 \begin_inset space ~
36889 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
36890 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
36893 \begin_layout Subsection
36895 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36904 \begin_layout Standard
36905 You can export your document to various file formats.
36906 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
36907 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
36908 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
36911 \begin_layout Standard
36912 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
36914 \begin_inset space ~
36918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36920 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
36927 \begin_layout Description
36931 \begin_inset space ~
36936 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
36938 \begin_inset Newline newline
36941 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
36944 \begin_layout Description
36952 \begin_layout Description
36953 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
36957 \begin_layout Description
36959 \begin_inset space ~
36963 \begin_inset space ~
36966 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
36970 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
36978 \begin_layout Description
36985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36993 \begin_inset space ~
36998 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
36999 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
37003 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
37006 \begin_layout Description
37013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37021 \begin_inset space ~
37026 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
37027 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
37035 \begin_layout Description
37037 \begin_inset space ~
37040 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
37041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37048 is replaced by the version number)
37051 \begin_layout Description
37052 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
37055 \begin_layout Description
37056 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
37069 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
37073 \begin_layout Description
37077 \begin_inset space ~
37082 PDF-format using the program
37087 \begin_layout Description
37091 \begin_inset space ~
37096 PDF-format using the program
37101 \begin_layout Description
37105 \begin_inset space ~
37110 PDF-format using the program
37115 \begin_layout Description
37119 \begin_inset space ~
37127 \begin_layout Description
37131 \begin_inset space ~
37135 \begin_inset space ~
37140 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
37141 and then exported as text using the program
37146 \begin_layout Description
37151 PostScript format using the program
37156 \begin_layout Description
37164 \begin_layout Standard
37169 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
37170 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
37176 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
37179 \begin_layout Standard
37180 If one of the menu entries
37187 \begin_inset space ~
37196 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
37197 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
37198 \begin_inset space ~
37202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37204 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37209 \begin_inset Index idx
37212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37213 Reconfiguration of LyX
37221 \begin_layout Standard
37226 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
37227 the export program.
37230 \begin_layout Subsection
37234 \begin_layout Standard
37235 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
37236 format or send it to a printer.
37237 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
37238 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
37244 For more information have a look at section
37245 \begin_inset space ~
37249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37251 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
37258 \begin_layout Subsection
37262 \begin_layout Standard
37263 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
37264 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
37265 prefix, see section
37266 \begin_inset space ~
37270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37272 reference "sec:Paths"
37277 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
37286 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
37287 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
37288 \begin_inset space ~
37292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37294 reference "sub:Converters"
37301 \begin_layout Subsection
37302 New and Close Window
37305 \begin_layout Standard
37306 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
37309 \begin_layout Subsection
37313 \begin_layout Standard
37314 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
37317 \begin_layout Section
37319 \begin_inset Index idx
37322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37331 \begin_layout Subsection
37335 \begin_layout Standard
37336 Described in section
37337 \begin_inset space ~
37341 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37343 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
37350 \begin_layout Subsection
37351 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
37354 \begin_layout Standard
37355 Described in section
37356 \begin_inset space ~
37360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37362 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
37369 \begin_layout Subsection
37373 \begin_layout Standard
37374 Selects the whole document.
37377 \begin_layout Subsection
37381 \begin_layout Standard
37382 Described in section
37383 \begin_inset space ~
37387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37389 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
37396 \begin_layout Subsection
37397 Move Paragraph Up/Down
37400 \begin_layout Standard
37401 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
37405 \begin_layout Subsection
37409 \begin_layout Standard
37410 Described in section
37411 \begin_inset space ~
37415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37417 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
37424 \begin_layout Subsection
37426 \begin_inset Index idx
37429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37430 Paragraph ! Settings
37438 \begin_layout Standard
37439 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
37440 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
37443 \begin_layout Standard
37444 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
37445 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
37447 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37453 \begin_inset space ~
37461 \begin_layout Subsection
37462 Table Settings and Math
37465 \begin_layout Standard
37466 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
37468 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
37469 The properties of tables are described in section
37470 \begin_inset space ~
37474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37476 reference "sec:Tables"
37480 , the properties of formulas in chapter
37481 \begin_inset space ~
37485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37487 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
37494 \begin_layout Subsection
37495 Increase / Decrease List Depth
37498 \begin_layout Standard
37499 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
37500 that can be nested.
37501 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
37502 \begin_inset space ~
37506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37508 reference "sec:Nesting"
37513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37515 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
37522 \begin_layout Section
37524 \begin_inset Index idx
37527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37536 \begin_layout Standard
37541 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
37542 document with an external program.
37543 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
37544 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
37545 All possible formats are formats listed in section
37546 \begin_inset space ~
37550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37552 reference "sub:Export"
37557 You should at least see the menu entries
37564 \begin_inset space ~
37570 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
37571 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
37572 \begin_inset space ~
37576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37578 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37583 \begin_inset Index idx
37586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37587 Reconfiguration of LyX
37595 \begin_layout Standard
37596 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
37597 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
37598 \begin_inset space ~
37602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37604 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37609 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
37612 \begin_layout Standard
37613 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
37616 At the bottom of the
37620 menu the opened documents are listed.
37623 \begin_layout Subsection
37624 Open/Close all Insets
37627 \begin_layout Standard
37628 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
37631 \begin_layout Subsection
37632 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
37635 \begin_layout Standard
37636 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
37639 \begin_layout Standard
37640 Math macros are described in the
37647 \begin_layout Subsection
37651 \begin_layout Standard
37652 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
37654 \begin_inset space ~
37658 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37660 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
37665 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219943
37669 \begin_layout Subsection
37671 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219959
37675 \begin_layout Standard
37677 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220076
37678 Opens a window showing console messages.
37679 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
37680 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37683 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
37684 while LaTeX is processing the document,
37687 \begin_layout Subsection
37689 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220084
37693 \begin_layout Standard
37695 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220342
37696 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
37697 format either in the preferences (see sec.
37698 \begin_inset space ~
37702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37704 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37708 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37709 \begin_inset space ~
37713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37715 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37719 ), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
37722 \begin_layout Subsection
37724 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220353
37725 View (Other Formats)
37728 \begin_layout Standard
37730 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220444
37731 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
37736 \begin_layout Subsection
37740 \begin_layout Standard
37741 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes
37742 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220297
37743 (in the default output format as described in the previous section)
37745 without opening a new view
37746 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220263
37750 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220384
37754 \begin_layout Subsection
37756 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220388
37757 Update (Other Formats)
37760 \begin_layout Standard
37762 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220467
37763 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
37764 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
37767 \begin_layout Subsection
37769 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220487
37770 View Master Document
37773 \begin_layout Standard
37775 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220814
37776 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
37778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37793 manual for more information on this topic).
37794 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
37795 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
37800 generates the output of the whole book, while
37804 will just output the chapter alone.
37807 \begin_layout Standard
37809 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220854
37810 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
37811 in the preferences (see sec.
37812 \begin_inset space ~
37816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37818 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37822 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37823 \begin_inset space ~
37827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37829 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37836 \begin_layout Subsection
37838 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220878
37839 Update Master Document
37842 \begin_layout Standard
37844 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220947
37845 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
37847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37862 manual for more information on this topic).
37863 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
37864 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
37867 \begin_layout Standard
37869 \change_inserted -712698321 1301220879
37870 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
37871 in the preferences (see sec.
37872 \begin_inset space ~
37876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37878 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37882 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37883 \begin_inset space ~
37887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37889 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37896 \begin_layout Subsection
37900 \begin_layout Standard
37901 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
37902 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
37903 view the same document, but at different positions.
37904 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
37905 or more documents at the same time.
37906 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
37913 \begin_layout Subsection
37917 \begin_layout Standard
37918 Closes a split view.
37921 \begin_layout Subsection
37925 \begin_layout Standard
37926 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
37927 so that you will see nothing but your text.
37928 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
37929 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
37930 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
37933 \begin_layout Subsection
37935 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37937 name "sub:Toolbars"
37942 \begin_inset Index idx
37945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37954 \begin_layout Standard
37955 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
37956 All toolbars and the
37959 \begin_inset space ~
37964 can be turned on and off.
37969 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
37981 \begin_inset space ~
37990 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
37994 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
38001 \begin_layout Standard
38006 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
38010 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
38011 or when a certain feature is enabled.
38012 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
38013 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
38014 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
38017 \begin_layout Standard
38018 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
38019 \begin_inset space ~
38023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38025 reference "sec:Toolbars"
38032 \begin_layout Section
38034 \begin_inset Index idx
38037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38046 \begin_layout Subsection
38050 \begin_layout Standard
38051 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
38052 \begin_inset space ~
38056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38058 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38069 \begin_layout Subsection
38071 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38073 name "sub:Special-Character"
38080 \begin_layout Standard
38081 Here you can insert the following characters:
38084 \begin_layout Description
38085 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
38086 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
38087 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
38088 \begin_inset Newline newline
38092 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38100 Not all characters will be visible in the
38104 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
38106 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38112 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
38116 ) can display every character.
38124 \begin_layout Description
38125 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
38129 \begin_layout Description
38131 \begin_inset space ~
38135 \begin_inset space ~
38138 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
38139 \begin_inset space ~
38143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38145 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
38152 \begin_layout Description
38154 \begin_inset space ~
38157 Quote Inserts this quote:
38158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38161 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
38163 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38173 \begin_layout Description
38175 \begin_inset space ~
38178 Quote Inserts this quote:
38179 \begin_inset Quotes els
38185 \begin_layout Description
38187 \begin_inset space ~
38190 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
38194 \begin_layout Description
38196 \begin_inset space ~
38199 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
38203 \begin_layout Description
38205 \begin_inset space ~
38208 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38212 \begin_layout Description
38214 \begin_inset space ~
38218 \begin_inset Index idx
38221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38228 \begin_inset Index idx
38231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38232 Language ! Phonetic symbols
38237 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
38238 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
38239 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
38244 \begin_inset Index idx
38247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38248 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
38254 \begin_inset Newline newline
38257 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
38261 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38269 and this Wiki-page:
38270 \begin_inset Newline newline
38274 \begin_inset Flex URL
38277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38279 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
38287 \begin_layout Subsection
38291 \begin_layout Standard
38292 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
38295 \begin_layout Description
38296 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
38297 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
38303 \begin_layout Description
38304 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
38305 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
38311 \begin_layout Description
38313 \begin_inset space ~
38316 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
38317 \begin_inset space ~
38321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38323 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
38330 \begin_layout Description
38332 \begin_inset space ~
38335 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
38336 \begin_inset space ~
38340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38342 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
38349 \begin_layout Description
38351 \begin_inset space ~
38354 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
38355 \begin_inset space ~
38359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38361 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
38368 \begin_layout Description
38370 \begin_inset space ~
38373 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
38374 \begin_inset space ~
38378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38380 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
38387 \begin_layout Description
38389 \begin_inset space ~
38392 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
38393 \begin_inset space ~
38397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38399 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
38406 \begin_layout Description
38408 \begin_inset space ~
38411 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
38412 \begin_inset space ~
38416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38418 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
38425 \begin_layout Description
38427 \begin_inset space ~
38430 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
38431 \begin_inset space ~
38435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38437 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
38444 \begin_layout Description
38446 \begin_inset space ~
38449 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
38450 \begin_inset space ~
38454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38456 reference "sub:Ligatures"
38463 \begin_layout Description
38465 \begin_inset space ~
38469 \begin_inset space ~
38472 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
38473 \begin_inset space ~
38477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38479 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
38486 \begin_layout Description
38488 \begin_inset space ~
38491 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
38492 text line to the page border, see section
38493 \begin_inset space ~
38497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38499 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
38506 \begin_layout Description
38508 \begin_inset space ~
38511 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
38512 \begin_inset space ~
38516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38518 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
38525 \begin_layout Description
38527 \begin_inset space ~
38530 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
38531 text page to the page border, described in section
38532 \begin_inset space ~
38536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38538 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
38545 \begin_layout Description
38547 \begin_inset space ~
38550 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
38551 \begin_inset space ~
38555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38557 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
38564 \begin_layout Description
38566 \begin_inset space ~
38570 \begin_inset space ~
38573 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
38574 \begin_inset space ~
38578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38580 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
38587 \begin_layout Subsection
38591 \begin_layout Standard
38592 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
38593 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
38595 \begin_inset space ~
38599 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38601 reference "sec:toc"
38606 The index list is described in section
38607 \begin_inset space ~
38611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38613 reference "sec:Index"
38617 , the nomenclature in section
38618 \begin_inset space ~
38622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38624 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38628 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
38629 \begin_inset space ~
38633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38635 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
38642 \begin_layout Subsection
38646 \begin_layout Standard
38647 To insert floats, described in section
38648 \begin_inset space ~
38652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38654 reference "sec:Floats"
38661 \begin_layout Subsection
38665 \begin_layout Standard
38666 To insert notes, described in section
38667 \begin_inset space ~
38671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38673 reference "sec:Notes"
38680 \begin_layout Subsection
38684 \begin_layout Standard
38685 Inserts branch insets as described in section
38686 \begin_inset space ~
38690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38692 reference "sec:Branches"
38699 \begin_layout Subsection
38703 \begin_layout Standard
38704 Inserts document class-specific insets.
38705 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
38707 An example is the document class
38708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38715 with three custom insets.
38718 Flex insets and InsetLayout
38724 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
38727 \begin_layout Subsection
38729 \begin_inset Index idx
38732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38741 \begin_layout Standard
38742 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
38743 files in your document.
38744 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
38755 \begin_layout Subsection
38757 \begin_inset Index idx
38760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38769 \begin_layout Standard
38770 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
38771 \begin_inset space ~
38775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38777 reference "sec:Minipages"
38782 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
38793 \begin_layout Subsection
38797 \begin_layout Standard
38798 Inserts a citation as described in section
38799 \begin_inset space ~
38803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38805 reference "sec:Bibliography"
38812 \begin_layout Subsection
38816 \begin_layout Standard
38817 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
38818 \begin_inset space ~
38822 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38824 reference "sec:Cross-References"
38831 \begin_layout Subsection
38835 \begin_layout Standard
38836 Inserts a label as described in section
38837 \begin_inset space ~
38841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38843 reference "sec:Cross-References"
38850 \begin_layout Subsection
38852 \begin_inset Index idx
38855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38862 \begin_inset Index idx
38865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38866 Longtables ! Caption
38874 \begin_layout Standard
38875 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
38876 Floats are described in section
38877 \begin_inset space ~
38881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38883 reference "sec:Floats"
38887 , captions in longtables are described in the section
38898 \begin_layout Subsection
38902 \begin_layout Standard
38903 Inserts an index entry as described in section
38904 \begin_inset space ~
38908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38910 reference "sec:Index"
38917 \begin_layout Subsection
38921 \begin_layout Standard
38922 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
38923 \begin_inset space ~
38927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38929 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38936 \begin_layout Subsection
38940 \begin_layout Standard
38942 Tables are described in section
38943 \begin_inset space ~
38947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38949 reference "sec:Tables"
38956 \begin_layout Subsection
38960 \begin_layout Standard
38962 Graphics are described in section
38963 \begin_inset space ~
38967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38969 reference "sec:Graphics"
38976 \begin_layout Subsection
38980 \begin_layout Standard
38981 Inserts an URL as described in section
38982 \begin_inset space ~
38986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38988 reference "sub:URLs"
38995 \begin_layout Subsection
38999 \begin_layout Standard
39000 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
39001 \begin_inset space ~
39005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39007 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
39014 \begin_layout Subsection
39018 \begin_layout Standard
39019 Inserts a footnote, see section
39020 \begin_inset space ~
39024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39026 reference "sec:Footnotes"
39033 \begin_layout Subsection
39037 \begin_layout Standard
39038 Inserts a marginal note, see section
39039 \begin_inset space ~
39043 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39045 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
39052 \begin_layout Subsection
39056 \begin_layout Standard
39057 Inserts a short title, see section
39058 \begin_inset space ~
39062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39064 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
39071 \begin_layout Subsection
39075 \begin_layout Standard
39076 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
39077 \begin_inset space ~
39081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39083 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
39090 \begin_layout Subsection
39092 \begin_inset Index idx
39095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39104 \begin_layout Standard
39105 Inserts a program listings box.
39106 Program listings are explained in the chapter
39108 Program Code Listings
39117 \begin_layout Subsection
39121 \begin_layout Standard
39122 Inserts the actual date.
39123 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
39125 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
39137 \begin_layout Section
39139 \begin_inset Index idx
39142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39151 \begin_layout Standard
39152 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
39153 \begin_inset space ~
39156 of the current document.
39157 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
39160 \begin_layout Subsection
39164 \begin_layout Standard
39165 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
39166 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
39168 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39172 \begin_inset space \space{}
39176 \begin_inset space ~
39180 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
39181 \begin_inset space ~
39184 2.5 and use the menu
39187 \begin_inset space ~
39191 \begin_inset space ~
39198 \begin_inset space ~
39204 \begin_inset space ~
39208 \begin_inset space ~
39214 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
39218 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
39224 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
39230 \begin_layout Standard
39231 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
39232 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
39235 \begin_layout Subsection
39236 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
39239 \begin_layout Standard
39240 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
39244 \begin_layout Subsection
39248 \begin_layout Standard
39249 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
39250 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
39251 on a cross-reference box.
39254 \begin_layout Section
39256 \begin_inset Index idx
39259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39268 \begin_layout Subsection
39272 \begin_layout Standard
39273 Change Tracking is described in section
39274 \begin_inset space ~
39278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39280 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39287 \begin_layout Subsection
39292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39302 \begin_layout Standard
39303 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
39305 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
39308 \begin_layout Standard
39309 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
39314 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
39317 \begin_layout Subsection
39321 \begin_layout Standard
39322 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
39323 \begin_inset space ~
39327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39329 reference "sec:Navigating"
39334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39336 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
39343 \begin_layout Subsection
39344 Start Appendix Here
39347 \begin_layout Standard
39348 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
39349 position as described in section
39350 \begin_inset space ~
39354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39356 reference "sec:Appendices"
39363 \begin_layout Subsection
39367 \begin_layout Standard
39368 Un/compresses the current document.
39371 \begin_layout Subsection
39375 \begin_layout Standard
39376 The document settings are described in appendix
39377 \begin_inset space ~
39381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39383 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39390 \begin_layout Section
39392 \begin_inset Index idx
39395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39404 \begin_layout Subsection
39408 \begin_layout Standard
39409 Spell checking is explained in section
39410 \begin_inset space ~
39414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39416 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39423 \begin_layout Subsection
39427 \begin_layout Standard
39428 The thesaurus is described in section
39429 \begin_inset space ~
39433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39435 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
39442 \begin_layout Subsection
39444 \begin_inset Index idx
39447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39454 \begin_inset Index idx
39457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39466 \begin_layout Standard
39467 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
39468 highlighted document part.
39471 \begin_layout Subsection
39473 \begin_inset Index idx
39476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39485 \begin_layout Standard
39486 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
39489 \begin_layout Subsection
39491 \begin_inset Index idx
39494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39495 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
39499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39506 Reconfiguration of LyX
39510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39523 \begin_inset Index idx
39526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39527 Reconfiguration of LyX
39535 \begin_layout Standard
39536 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
39537 and needed programs it needs; see also section
39538 \begin_inset space ~
39542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39544 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39551 \begin_layout Subsection
39555 \begin_layout Standard
39556 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
39557 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39561 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39563 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39570 \begin_layout Section
39572 \begin_inset Index idx
39575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39584 \begin_layout Standard
39585 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
39589 \begin_layout Standard
39593 \begin_inset space ~
39598 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
39599 found by LyX (see also section
39600 \begin_inset space ~
39604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39606 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
39613 \begin_layout Section
39615 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39617 name "sec:Toolbars"
39624 \begin_layout Standard
39625 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
39626 \begin_inset space ~
39630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39632 reference "sub:Toolbars"
39639 \begin_layout Standard
39640 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
39641 This is described in the
39643 Additional Features
39648 \begin_layout Subsection
39650 \begin_inset Index idx
39653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39662 \begin_layout Standard
39663 \begin_inset Graphics
39664 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
39672 \begin_layout Standard
39673 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39679 \begin_layout Standard
39680 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
39685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39697 \begin_inset Note Note
39700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39701 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
39706 manual for more information.
39714 \begin_layout Standard
39715 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39721 \begin_layout Standard
39722 \begin_inset Tabular
39723 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
39724 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39725 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
39726 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
39728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39732 \begin_inset Graphics
39733 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
39743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39747 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
39760 \begin_layout Standard
39761 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
39767 \begin_layout Standard
39769 \begin_inset Tabular
39770 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
39771 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39772 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39773 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39774 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39797 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39804 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39827 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39834 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39857 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39864 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39873 arg "dialog-show print"
39881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39887 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39894 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39903 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
39911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39917 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39924 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39947 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39954 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39977 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39984 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40007 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40014 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40037 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40044 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40067 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40074 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40083 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
40091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40097 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40099 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40103 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40112 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40121 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
40129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40135 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40136 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40143 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40164 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
40166 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40168 \begin_inset space ~
40179 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40200 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
40202 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
40204 \begin_inset space ~
40215 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40224 arg "textstyle-apply"
40232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40236 Formats text using the current settings in the
40238 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40240 \begin_inset space ~
40251 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40274 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40275 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40277 \begin_inset space ~
40286 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40295 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
40303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40309 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40316 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40323 arg "tabular-insert"
40331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40337 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40344 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40353 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
40361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40365 Toggle outline window on/off,
40367 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40374 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40383 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
40391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40395 Toggle math toolbar on/off
40401 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40410 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
40418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40422 Toggle table toolbar on/off
40435 \begin_layout Subsection
40437 \begin_inset Index idx
40440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40449 \begin_layout Standard
40450 \begin_inset Graphics
40451 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
40459 \begin_layout Standard
40460 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40466 \begin_layout Standard
40467 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40471 \begin_layout Standard
40472 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40478 \begin_layout Standard
40479 \begin_inset Tabular
40480 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
40481 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40482 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40483 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40484 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40511 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40520 arg "layout Enumerate"
40528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40538 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40547 arg "layout Itemize"
40555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40565 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40592 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40601 arg "layout Description"
40609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40619 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40628 arg "depth-increment"
40636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40642 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40644 \begin_inset space ~
40648 \begin_inset space ~
40657 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40666 arg "depth-decrement"
40674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40680 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40682 \begin_inset space ~
40686 \begin_inset space ~
40695 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40704 arg "float-insert figure"
40712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40718 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40719 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40726 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40735 arg "float-insert table"
40743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40749 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40750 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40757 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40780 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40787 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40796 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
40804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40810 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40817 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40826 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
40834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40840 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40847 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40870 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40872 \begin_inset space ~
40881 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40890 arg "nomencl-insert"
40898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40904 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40906 \begin_inset space ~
40915 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40924 arg "footnote-insert"
40932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40938 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40945 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40954 arg "marginalnote-insert"
40962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40968 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40970 \begin_inset space ~
40979 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41002 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41003 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41005 \begin_inset space ~
41014 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41023 arg "box-insert Frameless"
41031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41037 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41044 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41067 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41074 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41097 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41119 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41128 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
41136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41142 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41143 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41150 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41159 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
41167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41173 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41174 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41176 \begin_inset space ~
41185 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41194 arg "dialog-show character"
41202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41208 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41210 \begin_inset space ~
41219 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41228 arg "layout-paragraph"
41236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41242 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41244 \begin_inset space ~
41253 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41262 arg "thesaurus-entry"
41270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41276 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41290 \begin_layout Subsection
41291 View / Update Toolbar
41292 \begin_inset Index idx
41295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41296 Toolbar ! View / Update
41302 \change_inserted -712698321 1299491111
41306 \begin_layout Standard
41307 \begin_inset Graphics
41308 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
41315 \begin_layout Standard
41316 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41322 \begin_layout Standard
41323 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
41327 \begin_layout Standard
41328 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41334 \begin_layout Standard
41335 \begin_inset Tabular
41336 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
41337 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41338 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41339 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41340 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41363 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41365 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219015
41367 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219016
41376 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41385 arg "buffer-update"
41393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41399 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41401 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219034
41402 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41411 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41420 arg "master-buffer-view"
41428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41434 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41436 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219081
41438 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219082
41447 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41456 arg "master-buffer-update"
41464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41470 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41472 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219101
41473 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41475 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219102
41484 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41493 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
41501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41506 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219324
41510 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219325
41513 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41515 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219329
41517 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219342
41518 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41519 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41520 Synchronize with Output
41528 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41534 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219584
41535 \begin_inset Graphics
41536 filename ../images/view-others.png
41538 groupId toolbarbuttons
41545 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219431
41549 arg "buffer-update ps"
41559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41566 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219507
41567 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41569 \change_deleted -712698321 1301219457
41570 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
41571 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41573 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219471
41574 View (Other Formats)
41582 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41588 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219587
41589 \begin_inset Graphics
41590 filename ../images/update-others.png
41592 groupId toolbarbuttons
41601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41606 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219513
41609 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41610 Update (Other Formats)
41621 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219552
41625 \begin_layout Standard
41627 \change_inserted -712698321 1301219630
41628 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
41634 \begin_layout Subsection
41638 \begin_layout Standard
41639 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
41640 \begin_inset space ~
41644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41646 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41650 , the table toolbar
41651 \begin_inset Index idx
41654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41664 manual, the math macro toolbar
41665 \begin_inset Index idx
41668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41681 \begin_layout Chapter
41682 The Document Settings
41683 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41685 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
41690 \begin_inset Index idx
41693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41694 Document ! Settings
41702 \begin_layout Standard
41703 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
41704 whole document and is called with the menu
41706 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41710 You can save your document settings as default with th
41712 e Save as Document Defaults
41714 button in the dialog.
41715 This will create a template named
41719 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
41723 \begin_layout Standard
41724 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
41727 \begin_layout Section
41731 \begin_layout Standard
41732 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
41734 Document classes are described in section
41735 \begin_inset space ~
41739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41741 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
41746 Some classes use some class options by default.
41747 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
41751 and you can decide to use them or not.
41752 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
41753 recommended not to touch them.
41754 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
41760 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
41761 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
41766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41767 When you want one of the following drivers
41768 \begin_inset Newline newline
41771 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
41772 \begin_inset Newline newline
41775 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
41776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41780 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41782 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
41794 \begin_layout Standard
41795 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
41796 child or subdocument.
41797 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
41798 without its master.
41799 This way child documents are always compilable.
41800 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
41811 \begin_layout Section
41815 \begin_layout Standard
41816 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
41817 Please refer to the section
41825 manual for details.
41828 \begin_layout Section
41832 \begin_layout Standard
41833 Modules are explained in section
41834 \begin_inset space ~
41838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41840 reference "sub:Modules"
41847 \begin_layout Section
41851 \begin_layout Standard
41852 The document font settings are described in section
41853 \begin_inset space ~
41857 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41859 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
41866 \begin_layout Section
41870 \begin_layout Standard
41871 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
41873 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
41877 \begin_layout Standard
41878 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
41879 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
41880 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
41883 \begin_layout Standard
41884 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
41892 \begin_layout Section
41896 \begin_layout Standard
41897 A description of this menu is given in section
41898 \begin_inset space ~
41902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41904 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
41909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41911 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
41918 \begin_layout Section
41922 \begin_layout Standard
41923 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
41924 \begin_inset space ~
41928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41930 reference "sub:Margins"
41937 \begin_layout Section
41939 \begin_inset Index idx
41942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41943 Language ! Encoding
41951 \begin_layout Standard
41952 The document language and quote styles are set here.
41953 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
41954 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
41955 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
41956 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
41957 known for a particular character).
41961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41962 The known commands are defined in a text file.
41963 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
41968 manual for details.
41976 \begin_layout Standard
41977 If you use the option
41981 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
41982 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
41983 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
41984 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
41985 exactly one encoding.
41986 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
41989 \begin_layout Standard
41990 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
41991 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
41992 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
41993 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
41994 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
41995 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
42000 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
42001 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
42002 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
42003 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
42004 engines to standard LaTeX.
42005 Both engines support Unicode natively.
42006 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
42009 \begin_inset space ~
42016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42028 \begin_inset space ~
42035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42047 \begin_inset space ~
42053 \begin_inset space ~
42057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42059 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
42063 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
42066 \begin_layout Standard
42067 Here is a list with the important encodings:
42070 \begin_layout Description
42072 \begin_inset space ~
42076 \begin_inset space ~
42080 \begin_inset space ~
42087 , but the LaTeX-package
42092 \begin_inset Index idx
42095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42096 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
42102 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
42103 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
42104 languages in TeX code.
42107 \begin_layout Description
42108 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
42109 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
42110 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
42113 \begin_layout Description
42115 \begin_inset space ~
42119 \begin_inset space ~
42122 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
42125 \begin_layout Description
42127 \begin_inset space ~
42131 \begin_inset space ~
42134 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
42137 \begin_layout Description
42139 \begin_inset space ~
42142 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
42145 \begin_layout Description
42147 \begin_inset space ~
42151 \begin_inset space ~
42154 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
42155 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
42158 \begin_layout Description
42160 \begin_inset space ~
42164 \begin_inset space ~
42167 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
42171 \begin_layout Description
42173 \begin_inset space ~
42177 \begin_inset space ~
42180 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
42181 ISO-8859-13 encoding
42184 \begin_layout Description
42186 \begin_inset space ~
42190 \begin_inset space ~
42194 \begin_inset space ~
42197 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
42198 \begin_inset space ~
42204 \begin_layout Description
42206 \begin_inset space ~
42210 \begin_inset space ~
42214 \begin_inset space ~
42217 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
42218 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
42221 \begin_layout Description
42223 \begin_inset space ~
42227 \begin_inset space ~
42230 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
42231 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
42232 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
42233 \begin_inset space ~
42237 \begin_inset space ~
42243 \begin_layout Description
42245 \begin_inset space ~
42249 \begin_inset space ~
42252 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
42253 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
42254 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
42255 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
42256 \begin_inset space ~
42260 \begin_inset space ~
42266 \begin_layout Description
42268 \begin_inset space ~
42272 \begin_inset space ~
42275 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
42278 \begin_layout Description
42280 \begin_inset space ~
42284 \begin_inset space ~
42287 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
42290 \begin_layout Description
42292 \begin_inset space ~
42296 \begin_inset space ~
42299 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
42302 \begin_layout Description
42304 \begin_inset space ~
42307 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
42310 \begin_layout Description
42312 \begin_inset space ~
42315 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
42318 \begin_layout Description
42320 \begin_inset space ~
42324 \begin_inset space ~
42327 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
42330 \begin_layout Description
42332 \begin_inset space ~
42336 \begin_inset space ~
42342 \begin_layout Description
42344 \begin_inset space ~
42348 \begin_inset space ~
42351 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
42354 \begin_layout Description
42356 \begin_inset space ~
42360 \begin_inset space ~
42366 \begin_layout Description
42368 \begin_inset space ~
42372 \begin_inset space ~
42375 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42380 \begin_inset Index idx
42383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42384 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
42389 , when using this, set the document language to
42394 \begin_layout Description
42396 \begin_inset space ~
42400 \begin_inset space ~
42403 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42407 , when using this, set the document language to
42410 \begin_inset space ~
42416 \begin_layout Description
42418 \begin_inset space ~
42422 \begin_inset space ~
42425 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42430 \begin_inset Index idx
42433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42434 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
42439 , when using this, set the document language to
42444 \begin_layout Description
42446 \begin_inset space ~
42450 \begin_inset space ~
42453 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42457 , when using this, set the document language to
42462 \begin_layout Description
42464 \begin_inset space ~
42468 \begin_inset space ~
42471 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42475 , when using this, set the document language to
42480 \begin_layout Description
42482 \begin_inset space ~
42485 (EUC-KR) for Korean
42488 \begin_layout Description
42490 \begin_inset space ~
42494 \begin_inset space ~
42498 \begin_inset space ~
42501 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
42504 \begin_layout Description
42506 \begin_inset space ~
42510 \begin_inset space ~
42514 \begin_inset space ~
42517 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
42518 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
42519 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
42522 \begin_layout Description
42524 \begin_inset space ~
42528 \begin_inset space ~
42534 \begin_layout Description
42536 \begin_inset space ~
42540 \begin_inset space ~
42543 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
42544 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
42547 \begin_layout Description
42549 \begin_inset space ~
42553 \begin_inset space ~
42556 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
42561 \begin_inset Index idx
42564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42565 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
42570 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
42573 \begin_layout Description
42575 \begin_inset space ~
42579 \begin_inset space ~
42582 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
42590 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
42595 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
42597 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
42600 \begin_layout Description
42602 \begin_inset space ~
42606 \begin_inset space ~
42609 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
42614 \begin_inset Index idx
42617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42618 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
42623 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
42626 \begin_layout Description
42628 \begin_inset space ~
42631 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
42636 \begin_inset Index idx
42639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42640 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
42646 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
42650 \begin_layout Description
42652 \begin_inset space ~
42656 \begin_inset space ~
42660 \begin_inset space ~
42663 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
42664 \begin_inset space ~
42670 \begin_layout Description
42672 \begin_inset space ~
42676 \begin_inset space ~
42680 \begin_inset space ~
42683 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
42684 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
42685 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
42689 \begin_layout Description
42691 \begin_inset space ~
42695 \begin_inset space ~
42699 \begin_inset space ~
42702 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
42703 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
42704 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489919
42708 \begin_layout Standard
42710 \change_inserted -712698321 1299575911
42711 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
42714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42715 LatexCommand formatted
42716 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
42720 for more information on the language package.
42725 \begin_layout Section
42729 \begin_layout Standard
42730 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
42731 depth in the table of contents as described in section
42732 \begin_inset space ~
42736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42738 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
42745 \begin_layout Section
42749 \begin_layout Standard
42750 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
42755 \begin_inset Index idx
42758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42759 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
42769 \begin_inset Index idx
42772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42773 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
42778 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
42783 \begin_inset Index idx
42786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42787 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
42792 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
42794 For a further description see section
42795 \begin_inset space ~
42799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42801 reference "sec:Bibliography"
42808 \begin_layout Section
42812 \begin_layout Standard
42813 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
42814 and you can define additional indexes.
42815 Please refer to section
42816 \begin_inset space ~
42820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42822 reference "sec:Index"
42829 \begin_layout Section
42833 \begin_layout Standard
42834 The PDF properties are explained in section
42835 \begin_inset space ~
42839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42841 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
42848 \begin_layout Section
42852 \begin_layout Standard
42853 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
42858 \begin_inset Index idx
42861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42862 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
42872 \begin_inset Index idx
42875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42876 LaTeX-packages ! esint
42881 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
42884 \begin_layout Standard
42889 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
42890 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
42893 \begin_layout Standard
42898 is used for special integral characters.
42901 \begin_layout Section
42905 \begin_layout Standard
42906 The float placement options are described in section
42907 \begin_inset space ~
42911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42913 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
42920 \begin_layout Section
42924 \begin_layout Standard
42925 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
42926 The itemize environment is described in section
42927 \begin_inset space ~
42931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42933 reference "sec:Itemize"
42940 \begin_layout Section
42944 \begin_layout Standard
42945 Branches are described in section
42946 \begin_inset space ~
42950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42952 reference "sec:Branches"
42957 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490648
42961 \begin_layout Section
42963 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490977
42965 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42967 name "sec:Doc-Output"
42974 \begin_layout Standard
42976 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490684
42977 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
42980 \begin_layout Description
42982 \change_inserted -712698321 1299575868
42984 \begin_inset space ~
42988 \begin_inset space ~
42991 Format: The format that is used when you hit
42992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43008 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43011 View Master Document
43012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43019 Update Master Document
43020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43027 menu or the toolbar.
43028 The default is set in
43030 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43031 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43036 LatexCommand formatted
43037 reference "sec:File-Formats"
43044 \begin_layout Description
43046 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490926
43048 \begin_inset space ~
43052 \begin_inset space ~
43056 \begin_inset Note Note
43059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43061 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490928
43072 \begin_layout Description
43074 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490931
43076 \begin_inset space ~
43080 \begin_inset space ~
43084 \begin_inset Note Note
43087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43089 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490933
43102 \begin_layout Section
43107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43117 \begin_layout Standard
43118 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
43119 to define LaTeX-commands.
43120 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
43121 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
43125 \begin_layout Standard
43126 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
43127 \begin_inset space ~
43131 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43133 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
43140 \begin_layout Chapter
43146 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43148 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
43153 \begin_inset Index idx
43156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43165 \begin_layout Standard
43166 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
43168 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43172 It has the following submenus.
43175 \begin_layout Section
43179 \begin_layout Subsection
43183 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43184 User Interface File
43185 \begin_inset Index idx
43188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43189 Customization ! of toolbars
43195 \begin_inset Index idx
43198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43199 Customization ! of menus
43207 \begin_layout Standard
43208 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43216 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
43225 \begin_layout Standard
43226 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
43227 interface (ui) file.
43228 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
43229 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
43238 Both files are loaded by the
43243 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
43244 files and edit the entries.
43247 \begin_layout Standard
43248 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
43260 entries must be ended with an explicit
43285 and in the case of the
43286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43298 The syntax for the entries is:
43301 \begin_layout Standard
43302 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43330 \begin_layout Standard
43332 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43335 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
43337 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43339 \begin_inset space ~
43347 \begin_layout Standard
43348 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
43354 \begin_layout Standard
43355 An example: Assuming you use the menu
43357 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43360 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
43364 \begin_layout Standard
43365 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43389 \begin_layout Standard
43391 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43394 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
43397 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43401 \begin_layout Standard
43404 Enable tool tips in main work area
43406 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
43410 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43414 \begin_layout Standard
43418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43422 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43425 restoring of window layout and geometries
43427 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
43428 in the last LyX session.
43431 \begin_layout Standard
43434 Restore cursor positions
43436 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
43440 \begin_layout Standard
43443 Load opened files from last session
43445 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
43448 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43452 name "sub:Backup documents"
43457 \begin_inset Index idx
43460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43469 \begin_layout Standard
43474 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
43477 \begin_layout Standard
43482 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
43485 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43487 \begin_inset space ~
43495 \begin_layout Standard
43498 Open documents in tabs
43500 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
43504 \begin_layout Subsection
43506 \begin_inset Index idx
43509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43518 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
43525 \begin_layout Standard
43526 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
43529 \begin_layout Standard
43530 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43538 This section only deals with the fonts
43543 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
43546 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43547 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43558 \begin_layout Standard
43559 By default, LyX uses
43563 as roman (serif) font,
43571 (depends on the system) as
43574 \begin_inset space ~
43590 \begin_layout Standard
43591 You can change the font size with the
43596 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
43597 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
43600 \begin_layout Standard
43605 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
43606 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
43608 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43611 points have the size of 1
43612 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43616 \begin_inset space ~
43620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43622 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
43629 \begin_layout Standard
43634 are the same as if a document font size of 10
43635 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43639 The sizes are explained in detail in section
43640 \begin_inset space ~
43644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43646 reference "sub:Document-Font"
43653 \begin_layout Standard
43656 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
43658 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
43659 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
43660 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
43661 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
43663 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
43664 \begin_inset space ~
43670 \begin_layout Subsection
43672 \begin_inset Index idx
43675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43682 \begin_inset Index idx
43685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43694 \begin_layout Standard
43695 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
43696 Choose an item in the list and use the
43703 \begin_layout Subsection
43705 \begin_inset Index idx
43708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43717 \begin_layout Standard
43718 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
43721 \begin_layout Standard
43726 enables previewing snippets of your document.
43727 This feature is described in section
43728 \begin_inset space ~
43732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43734 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
43741 \begin_layout Standard
43745 \begin_inset space ~
43749 \begin_inset space ~
43753 \begin_inset space ~
43758 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
43761 \begin_layout Section
43763 \begin_inset Index idx
43766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43775 \begin_layout Subsection
43779 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43783 \begin_layout Standard
43786 Cursor follows scrollbar
43788 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
43792 \begin_layout Standard
43795 Sort environments alphabetically
43797 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
43800 \begin_layout Standard
43803 Group environments by their category
43805 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
43808 \begin_layout Standard
43809 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
43821 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43825 \begin_layout Standard
43826 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
43831 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
43832 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
43836 \begin_layout Subsection
43838 \begin_inset Index idx
43841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43848 \begin_inset Index idx
43851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43852 Settings ! Shortcuts
43860 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43864 \begin_layout Standard
43865 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
43866 Several binding files are available:
43869 \begin_layout Description
43870 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
43873 \begin_layout Description
43874 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
43885 \begin_layout Description
43886 mac.bind set of bindings for
43889 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43897 \begin_layout Standard
43898 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
43902 , and bind files for special languages.
43903 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
43904 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43908 \begin_inset space \space{}
43912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43920 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
43924 \begin_layout Standard
43925 Some bind-files, like
43929 , have only a small scope.
43930 When looking at the end of the file
43934 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
43937 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43939 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43941 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
43946 \begin_inset Index idx
43949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43950 Key Bindings ! Editing
43958 \begin_layout Standard
43959 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
43960 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
43961 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
43964 Show key-bindings containing
43967 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
43968 Insert there for example as keyword
43969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43976 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
43978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43986 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
43987 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
43991 that you will find in the
43998 \begin_layout Standard
44000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44004 \begin_inset space \space{}
44015 , select the function and press the
44020 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
44021 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
44022 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
44023 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
44024 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
44026 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
44028 The binding for the function
44032 is an example of this.
44035 \begin_layout Standard
44036 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
44038 The syntax of the entries is:
44041 \begin_layout Standard
44047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44065 \begin_layout Subsection
44067 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44069 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
44074 \begin_inset Index idx
44077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44084 \begin_inset Index idx
44087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44088 Settings ! Keyboard Map
44096 \begin_layout Standard
44097 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
44098 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
44100 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44104 \begin_inset space \space{}
44107 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
44108 can use the keyboard map file named
44115 \begin_layout Standard
44116 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44124 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
44132 \begin_layout Standard
44133 Besides this, you can specify here the
44135 Wheel scrolling speed
44138 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
44142 \begin_layout Subsection
44144 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44146 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
44151 \begin_inset Index idx
44154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44163 \begin_layout Standard
44164 Input completion is described in sec.
44165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44171 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
44176 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
44178 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
44179 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
44183 \begin_layout Section
44185 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44192 \begin_inset Index idx
44195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44202 \begin_inset Index idx
44205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44214 \begin_layout Description
44216 \begin_inset space ~
44219 directory This is LyX's working directory.
44220 It is the default when you
44231 \begin_inset space ~
44239 \begin_layout Description
44241 \begin_inset space ~
44244 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
44246 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44248 \begin_inset space ~
44252 \begin_inset space ~
44260 \begin_layout Description
44262 \begin_inset space ~
44265 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
44271 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44275 \begin_inset Newline newline
44279 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44291 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
44299 \begin_layout Description
44301 \begin_inset space ~
44305 \begin_inset Index idx
44308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44314 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
44315 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
44316 \begin_inset space ~
44320 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44322 reference "sub:Backup documents"
44330 will be used to save the backups.
44331 \begin_inset Newline newline
44334 The backup files have the ending
44335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44345 \begin_layout Description
44350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44357 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
44358 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
44359 \begin_inset Newline newline
44363 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44371 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
44379 \begin_layout Description
44381 \begin_inset space ~
44384 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
44387 \begin_layout Description
44389 \begin_inset space ~
44392 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
44393 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
44394 to find it on the system.
44395 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
44396 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
44398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44402 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44405 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
44406 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
44410 \begin_layout Section
44414 \begin_layout Standard
44415 Here you can insert your name and email address.
44416 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
44418 \begin_inset space ~
44422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44424 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
44428 , to mark changes you make as yours.
44431 \begin_layout Section
44433 \begin_inset Index idx
44436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44437 Language ! Settings
44443 \begin_inset Index idx
44446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44447 Settings ! Language
44455 \begin_layout Subsection
44457 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489311
44459 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44461 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
44470 \begin_layout Description
44472 \begin_inset space ~
44476 \begin_inset space ~
44479 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
44480 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
44481 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
44482 You find the actual translation status here:
44483 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44485 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
44486 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
44493 \begin_layout Description
44495 \begin_inset space ~
44498 language is the language used in new documents
44501 \begin_layout Description
44503 \begin_inset space ~
44507 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488193
44509 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488196
44511 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488202
44512 LaTeX-command to load a
44513 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488203
44517 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488206
44519 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488206
44523 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488213
44525 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488217
44526 should be loaded to
44529 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488219
44533 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488496
44535 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
44536 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
44537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44556 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488237
44557 default is the LaTeX-command
44564 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488356
44565 most widespread language
44568 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488356
44574 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488633
44577 , it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
44578 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
44579 with an alternative language package (
44583 ) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
44584 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
44586 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488271
44591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44592 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
44593 \begin_inset space ~
44597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44599 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
44611 \begin_inset Newline newline
44615 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488707
44616 The available selections are:
44620 \begin_layout Itemize
44623 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488784
44632 Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
44636 \begin_layout Itemize
44639 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488874
44644 Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
44645 been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
44646 babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
44649 \begin_layout Itemize
44652 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488983
44657 Lets you load some other language package (via
44670 \begin_layout Itemize
44673 \change_inserted -712698321 1299488998
44678 Loads no language package at all
44679 \change_deleted -712698321 1299488523
44684 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
44685 to the document language.
44686 A text label is, for instance, the word
44687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44694 at the beginning of every table caption.
44700 \begin_layout Description
44702 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489281
44704 \begin_inset space ~
44708 \begin_inset space ~
44711 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
44715 \begin_layout Description
44717 \begin_inset space ~
44720 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
44721 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
44722 An example is the start command
44728 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
44733 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44748 selectlanguage{$$lang}
44753 \begin_layout Description
44755 \begin_inset space ~
44763 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
44764 command toggles the package on and off.
44767 \begin_layout Description
44769 \change_deleted -712698321 1299489034
44771 \begin_inset space ~
44783 \begin_layout Description
44785 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489068
44787 \begin_inset space ~
44791 \begin_inset space ~
44795 \change_deleted -712698321 1299489066
44797 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489071
44801 \change_inserted -712698321 1299489073
44804 When this option is set, the languages used in the document will be added
44805 as options to the document class options, so that they can be used by all
44807 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
44814 \begin_layout Description
44816 \begin_inset space ~
44819 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
44821 When this option is not set, the
44824 \begin_inset space ~
44829 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
44830 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
44833 \begin_inset space ~
44841 \begin_layout Description
44843 \begin_inset space ~
44849 \begin_inset space ~
44855 When it is not set, the
44858 \begin_inset space ~
44863 is set to the end of the document.
44866 \begin_layout Description
44868 \begin_inset space ~
44872 \begin_inset space ~
44875 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
44876 language will be underlined blue.
44879 \begin_layout Description
44881 \begin_inset space ~
44885 \begin_inset space ~
44888 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
44889 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
44892 \begin_layout Description
44894 \begin_inset space ~
44897 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
44898 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
44899 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
44900 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
44903 \begin_layout Subsection
44907 \begin_layout Standard
44908 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
44909 \begin_inset space ~
44913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44915 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
44922 \begin_layout Section
44926 \begin_layout Subsection
44928 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44935 \begin_inset Index idx
44938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44945 \begin_inset Index idx
44948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44957 \begin_layout Description
44959 \begin_inset space ~
44962 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
44963 The name will be used when the
44968 \begin_inset Newline newline
44972 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44980 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
44988 \begin_layout Description
44990 \begin_inset space ~
44994 \begin_inset space ~
44998 \begin_inset space ~
45001 printer This option works only for the
45006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45018 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
45019 This is an option only for dvips experts.
45022 \begin_layout Description
45024 \begin_inset space ~
45027 command is the command LyX
45028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45032 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45035 LaTeX uses for printing.
45036 The default is on most systems
45043 \begin_layout Description
45045 \begin_inset space ~
45049 \begin_inset space ~
45052 Options Here you can specify printer options.
45053 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
45054 of the program that provides the
45061 \begin_layout Subsection
45063 \begin_inset Index idx
45066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45073 \begin_inset Index idx
45076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45077 Settings ! Date format
45085 \begin_layout Standard
45086 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
45087 \begin_inset Newline newline
45091 \begin_inset Flex URL
45094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45096 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
45102 \begin_inset Newline newline
45105 For example the format
45106 \begin_inset Newline newline
45110 \begin_inset Newline newline
45113 prints the date as day/month/year.
45116 \begin_layout Subsection
45120 \begin_layout Description
45122 \begin_inset space ~
45126 \begin_inset space ~
45129 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
45132 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45133 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45135 \begin_inset space ~
45141 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
45145 \begin_layout Description
45147 \begin_inset space ~
45150 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
45155 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
45156 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
45159 \begin_layout Subsection
45164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45172 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45174 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
45179 \begin_inset Index idx
45182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45191 \begin_layout Description
45193 \begin_inset space ~
45200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45208 \begin_inset space ~
45212 \begin_inset space ~
45215 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
45220 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
45242 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
45243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45255 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
45256 LyX sets up in the background.
45257 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
45260 \begin_layout Description
45262 \begin_inset space ~
45266 \begin_inset space ~
45269 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
45274 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
45277 \begin_layout Standard
45278 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
45279 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
45280 manuals of the applications.
45281 Currently the following commands can be set:
45284 \begin_layout Description
45289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45297 \begin_inset space ~
45300 command Command for the program
45304 that is described in the section
45310 Additional Features
45315 \begin_layout Description
45320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45328 \begin_inset space ~
45331 command Command for the program
45335 that generates the bibliography, see section
45336 \begin_inset space ~
45340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45342 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
45349 \begin_layout Description
45351 \begin_inset space ~
45354 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
45355 \begin_inset space ~
45359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45361 reference "sub:Index-Program"
45368 \begin_layout Description
45370 \begin_inset space ~
45373 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
45374 \begin_inset space ~
45378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45380 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
45387 \begin_layout Description
45389 \begin_inset space ~
45393 \begin_inset space ~
45397 \begin_inset space ~
45401 \begin_inset space ~
45404 options They only have an effect when the program
45408 is used as DVI-viewer.
45411 \begin_layout Standard
45412 There are additionally the following options:
45415 \begin_layout Description
45417 \begin_inset space ~
45421 \begin_inset space ~
45425 \begin_inset space ~
45429 \begin_inset space ~
45433 \begin_inset space ~
45436 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
45437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45454 to separate folders.
45455 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
45456 \begin_inset Index idx
45459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45466 \begin_inset Index idx
45469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45478 \begin_layout Description
45480 \begin_inset space ~
45484 \begin_inset space ~
45488 \begin_inset space ~
45492 \begin_inset space ~
45496 \begin_inset space ~
45500 \begin_inset space ~
45503 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
45505 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45508 dialog when changing the document class.
45511 \begin_layout Section
45513 \begin_inset space ~
45517 \begin_inset Index idx
45520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45529 \begin_layout Subsection
45531 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45533 name "sub:Converters"
45538 \begin_inset Index idx
45541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45550 \begin_layout Standard
45551 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
45552 from one format to another.
45553 You can modify them or create new ones.
45554 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
45561 \begin_inset space ~
45571 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
45575 \begin_inset space ~
45580 drop-down list, modify the
45584 field, and press the
45591 \begin_layout Standard
45594 Converter File Cache
45596 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
45599 Maximum Age (in days
45602 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
45603 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
45606 \begin_layout Standard
45607 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
45608 the converter definition, is described in the section
45619 \begin_layout Subsection
45621 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45623 name "sec:File-Formats"
45628 \begin_inset Index idx
45631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45638 \begin_inset Index idx
45641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45650 \begin_layout Standard
45651 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
45652 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
45654 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490494
45658 \begin_layout Standard
45660 \change_inserted -712698321 1299490573
45661 Furthermore, you can define the
45662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45665 Default output format
45666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45669 that is used when you hit
45670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45689 View Master Document
45690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45697 Update Master Document
45698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45701 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
45706 \begin_layout Standard
45707 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
45708 is described in the section
45719 \begin_layout Standard
45720 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
45721 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
45722 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
45723 This is done by specifying a
45728 More about this is described in the section
45739 \begin_layout Chapter
45740 Units available in LyX
45741 \begin_inset Index idx
45744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45751 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45753 name "cha:Units-available-in"
45760 \begin_layout Standard
45761 To understand the units described in this documentation,
45762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45764 reference "cap:Units"
45768 explains all units available in LyX.
45771 \begin_layout Standard
45772 \begin_inset Float table
45778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45779 \begin_inset Caption
45781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45782 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45797 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45805 \begin_inset Tabular
45806 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
45807 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
45808 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
45809 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
45811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45905 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45909 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45933 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45960 scaled point (65536
45961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45965 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45989 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45993 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46017 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46021 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
46025 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46049 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46053 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46076 % of original image width
46083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46269 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46290 \begin_layout Chapter
46292 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46301 \begin_layout Standard
46302 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
46303 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
46306 \begin_layout Itemize
46309 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
46312 \begin_layout Itemize
46318 \begin_layout Itemize
46324 \begin_layout Itemize
46330 \begin_layout Itemize
46336 \begin_layout Itemize
46342 \begin_layout Itemize
46348 \begin_layout Itemize
46354 \begin_layout Itemize
46357 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
46360 \begin_layout Itemize
46366 \begin_layout Itemize
46372 \begin_layout Itemize
46378 \begin_layout Itemize
46384 \begin_layout Itemize
46390 \begin_layout Itemize
46396 \begin_layout Itemize
46402 \begin_layout Itemize
46408 \begin_layout Itemize
46410 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46419 \begin_layout Standard
46420 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
46423 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
46430 \begin_layout Bibliography
46431 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46432 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46433 LatexCommand bibitem
46440 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46443 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
46448 \begin_inset Newline newline
46452 \begin_inset Flex URL
46455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46457 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
46465 \begin_layout Bibliography
46466 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46467 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46468 LatexCommand bibitem
46469 key "latexcompanion"
46473 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
46475 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
46478 Addison-Wesley, 2004
46481 \begin_layout Bibliography
46482 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46483 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46484 LatexCommand bibitem
46489 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
46492 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
46495 Addison-Wesley, 2003
46498 \begin_layout Bibliography
46499 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46500 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46501 LatexCommand bibitem
46508 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
46511 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
46514 \begin_layout Bibliography
46515 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46516 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46517 LatexCommand bibitem
46529 Addison-Wesley, 1984
46532 \begin_layout Bibliography
46533 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46534 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46535 LatexCommand bibitem
46541 \begin_inset Newline newline
46545 \begin_inset Flex URL
46548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46550 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
46558 \begin_layout Bibliography
46559 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46560 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46561 LatexCommand bibitem
46567 \begin_inset Newline newline
46571 \begin_inset Flex URL
46574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46576 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
46584 \begin_layout Bibliography
46585 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46586 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46587 LatexCommand bibitem
46593 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46595 name "Documentation"
46596 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
46605 \begin_inset Newline newline
46609 \begin_inset Flex URL
46612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46614 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
46622 \begin_layout Bibliography
46623 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46624 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46625 LatexCommand bibitem
46631 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46633 name "Documentation"
46634 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
46638 how to use the program
46643 \begin_inset Newline newline
46647 \begin_inset Flex URL
46650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46652 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
46660 \begin_layout Bibliography
46661 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46662 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46663 LatexCommand bibitem
46669 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46671 name "Documentation"
46672 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
46681 \begin_inset Newline newline
46685 \begin_inset Flex URL
46688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46690 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
46698 \begin_layout Bibliography
46699 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46700 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46701 LatexCommand bibitem
46707 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46709 name "Documentation"
46710 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
46719 \begin_inset Newline newline
46723 \begin_inset Flex URL
46726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46728 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
46736 \begin_layout Bibliography
46737 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46738 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46739 LatexCommand bibitem
46745 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46747 name "Documentation"
46748 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
46752 of the LaTeX-package
46757 \begin_inset Index idx
46760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46761 LaTeX-packages ! caption
46767 \begin_inset Newline newline
46771 \begin_inset Flex URL
46774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46776 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
46784 \begin_layout Bibliography
46785 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46786 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46787 LatexCommand bibitem
46793 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46795 name "Documentation"
46796 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
46800 of the LaTeX-package
46805 \begin_inset Index idx
46808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46809 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
46815 \begin_inset Newline newline
46819 \begin_inset Flex URL
46822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46824 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
46832 \begin_layout Bibliography
46833 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46834 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46835 LatexCommand bibitem
46843 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46845 name "Documentation"
46846 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
46852 of the LaTeX-package
46857 \begin_inset Index idx
46860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46861 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
46867 \begin_inset Newline newline
46871 \begin_inset Flex URL
46874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46876 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
46884 \begin_layout Bibliography
46885 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46886 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46887 LatexCommand bibitem
46893 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46895 name "Documentation"
46896 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
46900 of the LaTeX-package
46905 \begin_inset Index idx
46908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46909 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
46915 \begin_inset Newline newline
46919 \begin_inset Flex URL
46922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46924 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
46932 \begin_layout Bibliography
46933 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46934 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46935 LatexCommand bibitem
46941 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46943 name "Documentation"
46944 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
46948 of the LaTeX-package
46953 \begin_inset Index idx
46956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46957 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
46963 \begin_inset Newline newline
46967 \begin_inset Flex URL
46970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46972 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
46980 \begin_layout Bibliography
46981 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46982 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46983 LatexCommand bibitem
46989 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46991 name "Documentation"
46992 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
46996 of the LaTeX-package
47001 \begin_inset Index idx
47004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47005 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
47011 \begin_inset Newline newline
47015 \begin_inset Flex URL
47018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47020 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
47028 \begin_layout Bibliography
47029 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47030 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47031 LatexCommand bibitem
47037 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47040 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
47044 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
47045 \begin_inset Newline newline
47049 \begin_inset Flex URL
47052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47054 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
47062 \begin_layout Bibliography
47063 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47064 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47065 LatexCommand bibitem
47071 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47074 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
47078 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
47079 \begin_inset Newline newline
47083 \begin_inset Flex URL
47086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47088 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
47096 \begin_layout Bibliography
47097 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47098 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47099 LatexCommand bibitem
47105 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47108 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
47112 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
47113 \begin_inset Newline newline
47117 \begin_inset Flex URL
47120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47122 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
47130 \begin_layout Bibliography
47131 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47132 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47133 LatexCommand bibitem
47139 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47142 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
47146 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
47147 \begin_inset Newline newline
47151 \begin_inset Flex URL
47154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47156 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
47164 \begin_layout Bibliography
47165 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47166 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47167 LatexCommand bibitem
47173 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47176 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
47180 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
47181 \begin_inset Newline newline
47185 \begin_inset Flex URL
47188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47190 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
47198 \begin_layout Bibliography
47199 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47200 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47201 LatexCommand bibitem
47207 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47210 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
47214 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
47215 \begin_inset Newline newline
47219 \begin_inset Flex URL
47222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47224 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
47232 \begin_layout Bibliography
47233 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47234 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47235 LatexCommand bibitem
47241 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47244 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
47248 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
47249 \begin_inset Newline newline
47253 \begin_inset Flex URL
47256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47258 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
47266 \begin_layout Bibliography
47267 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47268 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47269 LatexCommand bibitem
47275 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47278 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
47282 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
47283 \begin_inset Newline newline
47287 \begin_inset Flex URL
47290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47292 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
47300 \begin_layout Bibliography
47301 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47302 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47303 LatexCommand bibitem
47309 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47312 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
47316 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
47317 \begin_inset Newline newline
47321 \begin_inset Flex URL
47324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47326 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
47334 \begin_layout Bibliography
47335 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47336 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47337 LatexCommand bibitem
47343 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47346 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
47350 about new features in
47355 \begin_inset Newline newline
47359 \begin_inset Flex URL
47362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47364 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
47372 \begin_layout Standard
47373 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47407 \begin_inset Note Note
47410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47417 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
47418 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
47419 bibliography is the second one:
47427 \begin_layout Standard
47428 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
47429 LatexCommand bibtex
47430 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
47431 options "biblio/alphadin"
47438 \begin_layout Standard
47439 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
47442 \begin_layout Standard
47443 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
47444 LatexCommand printnomenclature
47450 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
47451 LatexCommand printindex